Multiple Choice

14

Section B

Answer all questions in this section.

Only one answer per question is allowed.

For each answer completely fill in the circle alongside the appropriate answer.

CORRECT METHOD WRONG METHODS

If you want to change your answer you must cross out your original answer as shown.

If you wish to return to an answer previously crossed out, ring the answer you now wish to select
as shown.

0 6 Which changerequires the largest amount of energy? [1 mark]

A He+ (g) He2+ (g) + e–

B Li(g) Li+ (g) + e–

C Mg+ (g) Mg2+ (g) + e–

D N(g) N+ (g) + e–

0 7 A sample of 2.18 g of oxygen gas has a volume of 1870 cm3 at a pressure of 101 kPa. What

is the temperature of the gas?

The gas constant is R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1 .
[1 mark]

A 167 K

B 334 K

C 668 K

D 334 000 K

Barcode Typesetter code

 15

0 8 An ester is hydrolysed as shown by the following equation.

RCOOR/ + H
2O RCOOH + R/OH

What is the percentage yield of RCOOH when 0.50 g of RCOOH ( M

r = 100) is
obtained from 1.0 g of RCOOR/ ( M
r = 150)?
[1 mark]

A 33%

B 50%

C 67%

D 75%

0 9 A saturated aqueous solution of magnesium hydroxide contains 1.17 × 10–3 g of

Mg(OH)2 in 100 cm3 of solution. In this solution, the magnesium hydroxide is fully
dissociated into ions.

What is the concentration of Mg2+ (aq) ions in this solution?

[1 mark]

A 2.82 × 10–2 mol dm–3

B 2.01 × 10–3 mol dm–3

C 2.82 × 10–3 mol dm–3

D 2.01 × 10–4 mol dm–3

Turn over for the next question

Barcode Typesetter code Turn over

 16

1 0 The rate equation for the hydrogenation of ethene

C
2H4(g) + H2(g) C2H6(g)

is Rate = k[C
2H4][H 2]

At a fixed temperature, the reaction mixture is compressed to triple the original

pressure.

What is the factor by which the rate of reaction changes?

[1 mark]

A 6

B 9

C 12

D 27

1 1 When one mole of ammonia is heated to a given temperature, 50% of the compound
dissociates and the following equilibrium is established.

NH
3(g) 1
2N2(g) + 32H2(g)

What is the total number of moles of gas present in this equilibrium mixture?
[1 mark]

A 1.5

B 2.0

C 2.5

D 3.0

1 2 Which change would alter the value of the equilibrium constant (K

p. for this reaction?

2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO 3(g)

[1 mark]

A Increasing the total pressure of the system.

B Increasing the concentration of sulfur trioxide.

C Increasing the concentration of sulfur dioxide.

D Increasing the temperature.

Barcode Typesetter code

 17

1 3 What is the pH of a 0.020 mol dm–3 solution of a diprotic acid which is completely
dissociated?
[1 mark]

A 1.00

B 1.40

C 1.70

D 4.00

The acid dissociation constant, K

1 4 2.56 × 10–4 mol dm–3 a, of a weak acid HA has the value What is the pH of a 4.25 × 10–

3 mol dm-3 solution of HA?

[1 mark]

A 5.96

B 3.59

C 2.98

D 2.37

1 5 Magnesium reacts with hydrochloric acid according to the following equation.

Mg + 2HCl MgC l2 + H2

A student calculated the minimum volume of 2.56 mol dm–3 hydrochloric

acid required to react with an excess of magnesium to form 5.46 g of
magnesium
chloride (Mr = 95.3).

Which of the following uses the correct standard form and the appropriate number
of significant figures to give the correct result of the calculation?
[1 mark]

A 4.476 × 10–2 dm3

B 4.48 × 10–2 dm3

C 4.50 × 10–2 dm3

D 44.8 × 10–3 dm3

Barcode Typesetter code Turn over

 18

1 6 In which reaction is hydrogen acting as an oxidising agent? [1 mark]

A C l
2 + H2 2HCl

B (CH
3)2CO + H 2 (CH 3) 2CHOH

C N
2 + 3H2 2NH 3

D 2Na + H
2 2NaH

1 7 In which reaction is the metal oxidised?

[1 mark]

A 2Cu2+ + 4I– 2CuI + I

2

B [Fe(H
2O)6]3+ + Cl– [Fe(H 2O) 5(Cl)]2+ + H 2O

C [CoC l
4]2– + 6H2O [Co(H 2O) 6]2+ + 4Cl–

D Mg + S MgS

1 8 The following cell has an EMF of +0.46 V. Cu

Cu2+ Ag+ Ag

Which statement is correct about the operation of the cell?

[1 mark]

A Metallic copper is oxidised by Ag+ ions.

B The silver electrode has a negative polarity.

C The silver electrode gradually dissolves to form Ag+ ions.

D Electrons flow from the silver electrode to the copper electrode

via an external circuit.
Barcode Typesetter code
 19

1 9 In an experiment to identify a Group 2 metal (X), 0.102 g of X reacts with an excess of

aqueous hydrochloric acid according to the following equation.

X + 2HCl XCl
2 + H2

The volume of hydrogen gas given off is 65 cm3 at 99 kPa pressure and 303 K.
The gas constant is R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1 .

Which is X?
[1 mark]

A Barium

B Calcium

C Magnesium

D Strontium

2 0 What forms when a solution of sodium carbonate is added to a solution of

gallium(III) nitrate?
[1 mark]

A A white precipitate of gallium(III) carbonate.

B A white precipitate of gallium(III) hydroxide.

C A white precipitate of gallium(III) carbonate and

bubbles of carbon dioxide.

D A white precipitate of gallium(III) hydroxide and

bubbles of carbon dioxide.

2 1 Which compound gives a colourless solution when an excess of dilute aqueous ammonia
is added?
[1 mark]

A MgC l
2

B AgC l

C CuC l
2

D A lCl
3

Barcode Typesetter code Turn over

 20

2 2 What is the final species produced when an excess of aqueous ammonia is added to
aqueous aluminium chloride?
[1 mark]

A [A l(NH
3)6]3+

B [A l(OH)3(H2O) 3]

C [A l(OH)4(H2O) 2]–
D [A l(OH)(H
2O)5]2+

2 3 The following equation represents the oxidation of vanadium(IV) ions by

manganate(VII) ions in acid solution.

5V4+ + MnO 4– + 8H+ 5V5+ + Mn2+ + 4H

2O

What volume of 0.020 mol dm–3 KMnO 4 solution is required to oxidise completely a
solution containing 0.010 mol of vanadium(IV) ions?
[1 mark]

A 10 cm3

B 25 cm3

C 50 cm3

D 100 cm3

2 4 How many isomers have the molecular formula C

5H12?
[1 mark]

A 2

B 3

C 4

D 5

Barcode Typesetter code

 21

2 5 Which molecule is not produced when ethane reacts with bromine in the presence of
ultraviolet light?
[1 mark]

A C
2H4Br 2

B HBr

C H
2

D C
4H10

2 6 How many structural isomers have the molecular formula C

4H9Br? [1 mark]

A 2

B 3

C 4

D 5

2 7 What is the major product of the reaction between but-1-ene and DBr? (D is
deuterium and represents 2 H)
[1 mark]

A CH
2DCH2CH 2CH 2Br

B CH
2DCH2CHBrCH3

C CH
3CH2CHBrCH 2D

D CH
3CH2CHDCH2Br

2 8 Why are fluoroalkanes unreactive? [1 mark]

A Fluorine is highly electronegative.

B The F– ion is very stable.

C They are polar molecules.

D The C–F bond is very strong.

Barcode Typesetter code Turn over

 22

2 9 Which alcohol could not be produced by the reduction of an aldehyde or a ketone?

[1 mark]

A 2-methylbutan-1-ol

B 2-methylbutan-2-ol

C 3-methylbutan-1-ol

D 3-methylbutan-2-ol

3 0 Which compound forms optically active compounds on reduction? [1 mark]

A CH
3CH2C(CH 3)=CHCH 3

B CH
3CH2C(CH 3)=CH 2

C CH
3COCH3

D CH
3CH2COCH 3

3 1 How many secondary amines have the molecular formula C4H11N?

[1 mark]

A 2

B 3

C 4

D 5

3 2 Which compound has the highest boiling point? [1 mark]

A C
2H4

B C
2H6

C CH
3NH2

D CH
3F
Barcode Typesetter code
 23

3 3 Which compound can polymerise by reaction with itself?

[1 mark]

A NH
2CH2CH 2NH 2

B CH
3CH2CONH 2

C HOOCCH
2COOH

D NH
2CH2COCl

3 4 A drug is designed to simulate one of the following molecules that adsorbs onto the active
site of an enzyme.

Which molecule requires the design of an optically active drug?

[1 mark]

A
HCH COOH
OH

B
CH C COOH
3
O

C
CH CH COOH
3

OH

D
CH CH COOH
2 2

OH

Turn over for the next question

Barcode Typesetter code Turn over
 24

3 5 Which amine has only three peaks in its proton NMR spectrum?
[1 mark]

A Methylamine

B Trimethylamine

C Diethylamine

D Propylamine

END OF QUESTIONS

Copyright © 2014 AQA and its licensors. All rights reserved.

Barcode Typesetter code

 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The isotopes of magnesium, 24

12Mg and 25 12Mg, both form ions with charge 2+. Which of
the following statements about these ions is true?

A Both ions have electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 .

B 25
12Mg2+ has more protons than 24 12Mg2+.

C The ions have the same number of electrons but different numbers of neutrons.
D The ions have the same number of neutrons but different numbers of protons.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Chlorine has two isotopes with relative isotopic mass 35 and 37. Four m/z values are
given below. Which will occur in a mass spectrum of chlorine gas, Cl
with a single positive charge? 2, from an ion

A 35.5
B 36
C 71
D 72

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

2 *N35131A0224*
3 The human body contains around 0.025g of iodine molecules, I2. Which of the
following shows the number of iodine atoms in 0.025g of I 2?

The Avogadro constant is 6.02 1023 mol–1 .

A 0025 . ×× 602 1023 .

1269 .

B 0025 . ×× 602 1023 .

2538 .

C 253 8 . ×× 602 1023 .

0025 .

D 1269 . ×× 602 1023 .

0025 .
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Which equation represents the reaction for which the enthalpy change is the standard
enthalpy change of formation, Hf , of sodium nitrate, NaNO
3?

A 2Na(s) + N2(g) + 3O2(g) 2NaNO3(s)

B Na(s) + ½N2(g) + 1½O2(g) NaNO3(s)
C Na(s) + N(g) + 3O(g) NaNO 3(s)

D Na(g) + ½N2(g) + 1½O2(g) NaNO3(g)

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which equation represents the reaction for which the enthalpy change, H, is the mean
bond enthalpy of the C–H bond?

A ¼CH4(g) ¼C(g) + H(g)

B CH4(g) C(s) + 2H2(g)
C CH4(g) C(g) + 4H(g)
D CH4(g) C(g) + 2H 2(g)

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*N35131A0324* 3
Turn over
6 The first ionization energies, in kJmol–1 , of four elements with consecutive atomic
numbers are shown below.

A 1680
B 2080
C 496
D 738

(a) Which element could be an inert gas?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which element could be X in a covalent compound with formula HX?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which element could be Y in an ionic compound with formula YH 2?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 6 = 3 marks)

4 *N35131A0424*
7 The graph below shows the second ionization energy of a series of elements with
consecutive atomic numbers.

Second ionization A
energy/kJ mol–1

Atomic number increasing in steps of 1

Which element could be lithium?

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The first five ionization energies, in kJ mol–1 , of aluminium are

578 1817 2745 11578 14831
The orbitals from which the first five electrons are removed during ionization, starting
with the first electron, are

A 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p
B 1s 1s 2s 2s 2p
C 3p 3s 2p 2s 1s
D 3p 3s 3s 2p 2p

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*N35131A0524* 5
Turn over
9 Going across the Periodic Table from sodium to aluminium,
A the melting temperature increases.
B the radius of the atom increases.
C the radius of the metal ion increases.
D the bonding in the element changes from metallic to covalent.

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 Going down Group 1 from lithium to rubidium

A the radius of the atom decreases.
B the radius of the ion decreases.
C the first ionization energy decreases.
D the polarizing power of the ion increases.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 A drop of concentrated nickel(II) sulfate solution, which is green, is placed on moist

filter paper on a microscope slide and the ends of the slide are connected to a 24VDC
power supply. After ten minutes,
A a blue colour has moved towards the negative terminal and a yellow colour
towards the positive terminal.
B a blue colour has moved towards the positive terminal and a yellow colour
towards the negative terminal.
C a green colour has moved towards the negative terminal but there is no other
visible change.
D a green colour has moved towards the positive terminal but there is no other
visible change.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *N35131A0624*
12 The bonding in magnesium oxide, MgO, is
A ionic.
B metallic and ionic.
C ionic and covalent.
D metallic and covalent.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following mixtures could not form when octane, C 8H18, is cracked?

A propane + pentene
B butane + butene
C pentane + propene
D heptane + ethene

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N35131A0724* 7
Turn over
14 This question is about the organic compounds with skeletal formulae as shown:

(a) Which compound is 2-methylpropane?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which compound has the molecular formula C

5H12? (1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which compounds are isomers?

(1)
A compound A and compound C
B compound B and compound C
C compound B and compound D
D compound C and compound D

8 *N35131A0824*
 (d) Which compound reacts with acidified potassium manganate(VII) to form a diol?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 14 = 4 marks)

15 The structural formula of 5-chloro-2,2-dimethylhexane is

H CH3
A CH CCH CH
3 2

Cl CH3

Cl CH3
B HCCH 2 CH2 CH2 CCH 3

Cl CH3

Cl CH3

C CH3 CCH 2 CH2 CCH 3

H CH3

Cl Cl

D CH3 CCH 2 CH2 CCH 3

CH3 CH3

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*N35131A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box ( ).
If you change your mind, put a line through the box ( ) and then mark your new answer with a
cross ( ).

1 Which of the following bond angles occur in a molecule of ethanol, C

2H5OH?

A 90 and 180
B 104.5 and 180
C 104.5 and 109.5
D 109.5 and 120

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following molecules is linear?

A Carbon dioxide, CO
2

B Sulfur dioxide, SO
2

C Water, H
2O

D Methanal, HCHO

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following molecules contains polar bonds but is not a polar molecule?
A Chlorine, Cl
2

B Hydrogen chloride, HCl

C Trichloromethane, CHCl
3

D Tetrachloromethane, CCl
4

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Which of the following has dipole-dipole interactions between its molecules, but no
hydrogen bonding?
A Methane, CH
4

B Methanol, CH
3OH

C Ammonia, NH
3

D Hydrogen iodide, HI

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

2 *N35692A0224*
5 Which list below shows the compounds in order of increasing boiling temperature?
A CH4, HCl, HF
B HF, CH 4, HCl

C HCl, HF, CH 4

D HF, HCl, CH 4

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following has the highest boiling temperature?

A Pentane, CH
3CH2CH 2CH 2CH 3

B Hexane, CH
3CH2CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 3

C 2-methylbutane, CH
3CH(CH3)CH 2CH 3

D 2-methylpentane, CH
3CH(CH3)CH 2CH 2CH 3

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following could not be an element in Group 2?

A An element with an oxide which forms a solution of pH 10.
B An element with an insoluble sulfate.
C An element with a chloride which is liquid at room temperature.
D An element with a carbonate which decomposes on heating.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Chlorides of Group 1 elements produce coloured flames when

A electrons become excited to a higher energy level.
B excited electrons move from a higher to a lower energy level.
C an outer electron leaves the atom.
D electrons move between the negative and positive ions.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*N35692A0324* 3
Turn over
9 This question is about the following compounds.
A Barium carbonate
B Lithium nitrate
C Potassium bromide
D Potassium nitrate

(a) Which compound gives a green colour in a flame test?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which compound gives a lilac colour in a flame test and does not decompose on
heating?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 9 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N35692A0424*
10 20 cm3 of sulfuric acid, concentration 0.25 mol dm–3 , was neutralized in a titration with
barium hydroxide, concentration 0.50 mol dm–3 . The equation for the reaction is

Ba(OH)2(aq) + H2SO 4(aq) BaSO4(s) + 2H2O(l)

(a) The volume of barium hydroxide required was

(1)
A 10 cm3
B 20 cm3
C 25 cm3
D 40 cm3

(b) During the titration, the barium hydroxide was added until it was present in excess.
The electrical conductivity of the titration mixture
(1)
A increased steadily.
B decreased steadily.
C increased and then decreased.
D decreased and then increased.

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

11 Which of the following trends occurs going down the elements in Group 2?
A The solubility of the hydroxides increases.
B The first ionization energy increases.
C The solubility of the sulfates increases.
D The stability of the carbonates to heat decreases.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of the following is not a true statement about hydrogen iodide?

A It forms steamy fumes in moist air.
B It dissolves in water to form an acidic solution.
C It forms a cream precipitate with silver nitrate solution.
D It forms dense white smoke with ammonia.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

*N35692A0524* 5
Turn over
13 Chemical reactions may involve
A oxidation
B reduction
C no change in oxidation number
D disproportionation
Which of the terms above best describes what happens to the chlorine in the following
reactions?
(a) Cl 2(g) + H2O(l) HCl(aq) + HOCl(aq)
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Cl 2NaCl(s)
2(g) + 2Na(s) (1)
A
B
C
D

(c) NaCl(s) + H 2SO4(l) HCl(g) + NaHSO 4(s) (1)

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 13 = 3 marks)

6 *N35692A0624*
14 When chloroethane is heated with a concentrated solution of potassium hydroxide in
ethanol, the reaction which occurs is

A substitution.
B elimination.
C hydrolysis.
D redox.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N35692A0724* 7
Turn over
15 Chloroethane reacts with aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, producing ethanol as
the organic product.

(a) The hydroxide ion is acting as

(1)

A an electrophile.
B a nucleophile.
C an oxidizing agent.
D a reducing agent.

(b) Which of the following shows the correct electron-pair movements in this reaction?

: OH–(1)
H H

A H C C Cl

H H

H H

B H C C Cl

H H
: OH–

H H

C H C C Cl

H H
: OH–

H H

D H C C Cl

H H
: OH–

(Total for Question 15 = 2 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *N35692A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Consider the equilibrium

Cl2(g) + PCl3(g) PCl5(g)
Which of the following is true when the total pressure of the system is increased at
constant temperature?

Value of Kp Mole fraction of PCl

5(g)

A decreases decreases
B unaltered increases
C decreases increases
D unaltered unaltered
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)
2 In which of the following reactions is nitric acid acting as a base?

A HNO 3 + NaOH NaNO3 + H2O

B HNO3 + H2O H3O+ + NO3–
C HNO3 + H2SO 4 H2NO3+ + HSO 4–
D HNO3 + NaHCO3 NaNO3 + H2O + CO 2
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)
3 Why does phenolphthalein, which is colourless in acidic solutions, turn pink in alkaline
solutions?
A It is oxidized to a pink compound by hydroxide ions.
B It forms a pink anion by loss of H+ ions.
C It forms a pink anion by gain of H+ ions.
D It forms a pink cation by gain of H+ ions.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *N36289A0228*
4 The dissociation of ethanoic acid in aqueous solution is represented by
CH3COOH(aq) + H2O(l) H3O+(aq) + CH3COO–(aq)
Which of the following statements is true for this equilibrium?
A CH 3COOH is an acid and its conjugate base is CH3COO–.

BH 2O is an acid and its conjugate base is OH–.

C At equilibrium, the concentrations of each substance are the same.

D At equilibrium, the reaction from left to right and the reaction from right to
left have stopped.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)
5 Why are aqueous solutions of sodium ethanoate slightly alkaline?
A The sodium ions react with water to give an alkali.
B The ethanoate ions react with water to give hydroxide ions.
C All sodium salts give alkaline solutions.
D The sodium ethanoate is fully ionized in solution.
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)
6 When ammonium nitrate crystals dissolve in water, the entropy of the system
A remains the same.
B falls, because the hydrated ions are more ordered than the solid.
C rises, because the ions in the crystal become hydrated in the solution.
D rises, because the ions are arranged more randomly in the solution than in the
crystal.

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36289A0328* 3
Turn over
7 Which of the following molecules is a methyl ester?
A CH 3COOCH2CH 3

B HCOOCH 3

C CH 3COCH2CH 3

D CH3COCl
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)
8 During the preparation of a liquid compound, samples were taken of the product at
various stages in the purification procedure. Which of the following techniques would
be most suitable for showing the change in composition of these samples during the
purification procedure?
A Gas-liquid chromatography
B Fractional distillation
C Filtration
D Distillation
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)
9 Which of the following compounds would react with lithium tetrahydridoaluminate
(lithium aluminium hydride) and also with phosphorus(V) chloride (phosphorus
pentachloride)?
A CH 3CH2CH 2COOH

B CH3CH2COCH 3
C CH 3CH=CHCH3

D CH 2=CHCH2CH 2OH

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N36289A0428*
10 In the synthesis of an ester, the use of an acyl chloride and an alcohol gives a better
yield than the use of a carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
This is because the reaction between
A an acyl chloride and an alcohol is an equilibrium.
B an acid and an alcohol goes to completion.
C an acid and an alcohol requires a catalyst.
D an acyl chloride and an alcohol goes to completion.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)
11 Not all molecules will absorb infrared radiation. Those that do
A change their dipole moment when their bonds stretch or bend.
B undergo homolytic fission.
C must be polar.
D are always organic substances.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)
12 Which of the following methods may be used in a single step to make carboxylic acids?
A Hydrolysis of an ester with an alkali.
B Reaction of acidified potassium manganate(VII) with an alkene.
C Hydrolysis of a nitrile with hydrochloric acid.
D Reaction of an acyl chloride with ammonia.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*N36289A0528* 5
Turn over
13 A solution of a weak acid cannot be titrated with a weak base using an indicator to find
the end-point because
A the pH change is too gradual close to the equivalence point.
B there are too few H+ ions to affect the indicator.
C there are too few OH– ions to affect the indicator.
D the pH change occurs outside the range of any indicator.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)
14 Which of the following reagents could be used to produce propanamide,
CH3CH2CONH 2?
A Ammonia and 1-chloropropane
B Ammonia and propanoyl chloride
C Methylamine and 1-chloropropane
D Methylamine and propanoyl chloride
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)
15 The radio waves used in proton nmr
A must not be absorbed by the sample.
B cause electron transitions in the hydrogen atom.
C can only be used with organic substances.
D cause the hydrogen nucleus to change its spin state.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

6 *N36289A0628*
16 Which of the following graphs shows that a reaction is first order with respect to
reactant X?

A [X]

time

B rate

[X]

C [X]

time

D rate

[X]

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

*N36289A0728* 7
Turn over
17 Which of the following changes will lead to the greatest increase in the rate of the
following endothermic reaction?
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g) H +ve

Temperature Initial concentration of N

2 and O2

A decrease by 15% decrease by 15%

B increase by 15% stay the same
C decrease by 15% increase by 15%
D increase by 15% increase by 15%

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 The repeat unit of the polyester formed from ethane-1,2-diol, HOCH
2CH2OH, and

benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid, HOOC— —COOH, is

O O

A —O—CH2CH2—O—C— —C—O—CH2CH2—O—

O O

B —O—CH 2CH2—C—O— —O—C—CH2CH2—O—

O O

C —O—CH2CH2—O—C— —C—

O O

D —O—CH 2CH2—O—C— —C—O—

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

8 *N36289A0828*
19 Iron and steam at high temperature react in a closed vessel to give an equilibrium
mixture
3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) Fe3O4(s) + 4H 2(g)
Which of the following is the correct expression for Kp?
P
A Kp = P H2
HO
2

P 4
Fe O H
B Kp = P 34 2

34
PP
Fe H O
2

P 4

C Kp = H2

P 4
HO
2

D Kp = P 4
H2

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 At 100°C, pure water has a pH of 6, whereas at 25°C it has a pH of 7. This is because
A the dissociation of water is endothermic, so the concentration of hydrogen
ions is lower at 100°C than it is at 25°C.
B the dissociation of water is exothermic, so the concentration of hydrogen ions
is lower at 100°C than it is at 25°C.
C the dissociation of water is endothermic, so the concentration of hydrogen
ions is higher at 100°C than it is at 25°C.
D at 100°C, water has a higher concentration of hydrogen ions than of
hydroxide ions.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*N36289A0928* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The compound butane has

A the empirical formula C
4H10 and the molecular formula C 2H 5.

B the empirical formula C

2H5 and the molecular formula C 4H 10.

C the empirical formula C

2H5 and the molecular formula C nH 2n+2.

D the empirical formula C

nH2n+2 and the molecular formula C 4H 10.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 For the oxidation of ammonia

a NH 3 + b O2 c NO + d H 2O

the values of the coefficients in the balanced equation are

A a = 2, b = 3, c = 2 and d = 3
B a = 4, b = 7, c = 4 and d = 4
C a = 4, b = 5, c = 4 and d = 6
D a = 6, b = 7, c = 6 and d = 9

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The Avogadro constant is 6.0 × 1023 mol–1 . Therefore the number of atoms in 1 mol of
carbon dioxide is
A 2.0 × 1023
B 6.0 × 1023
C 1.2 × 1024
D 1.8 × 1024

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *N37962A0224*
4 The equation for the complete combustion of octane is
2C8H18 + 25O 2 16CO2 18H2O
(a) The mass of 10 mol of octane is
(1)
A 0.66 kg
B 1.14 kg
C 2.10 kg
D 2.28 kg

(b) The volume of 1 mol of any gas (measured at room temperature and pressure)
is 24dm3 . Hence the volume of oxygen (measured at room temperature and
pressure) required for the complete combustion of 10 mol of octane is
(1)
A 240 dm3
B 300 dm3
C 3000 dm3
D 6000 dm3

(Total for Question 4 = 2 marks)

5 The enthalpy change for the reaction

CH4(g) C(g) + 4H(g)

is +1648 kJ mol–1 . Hence the mean bond enthalpy for the C–H bond is
A +329.6 kJ mol–1
B +412.0 kJ mol–1
C +1648 kJ mol–1
D +6592 kJ mol–1

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*N37962A0324* 3
Turn over
6 The graph below represents the successive ionization energies of an element X plotted
against the number of the electron removed. X is not the symbol for the element.

5
4.5
Logarithm 4
ionization
energy 3.5
3
2.5

2 02 4 6 8 1 0 1 2 Electron removed

(a) From this graph it is possible to deduce the group in the Periodic Table to which X
belongs. X is in
(1)
A Group 1
B Group 3
C Group 5
D Group 7

(b) From the graph it is possible to deduce that the most stable ion of X will be
(1)
A X3+
B X+
C X–
D X3–

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N37962A0424*
7 Element R is in Group 1 of the Periodic Table and element T is in Group 6.
R and T are not the symbols for the elements.

(a) The compound of R and T will have the formula

(1)
A RT
B RT
6

C RT
2

D R2T

(b) The compound of R and T will have bonding which is predominantly

(1)
A ionic.
B covalent.
C dative covalent.
D metallic.

(c) In terms of its electrical conductivity, the compound of R and T will

(1)
A conduct when solid and liquid.
B conduct when solid but not when liquid.
C conduct when liquid but not when solid.
D not conduct when solid or liquid.

(Total for Question 7 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N37962A0524* 5
Turn over
8 Ethane reacts with chlorine when the substances are exposed to UV radiation.

(a) The equation for this reaction is

(1)
A C2H6 + Cl 2 C2H5Cl + HCl

B C2H6 + Cl 2 C2H4Cl 2 + H 2
C C2H6 + Cl 2 2CH3Cl
D C2H4 + Cl 2 C2H4Cl 2

(b) The role of the UV radiation in the reaction is to

(1)
A break the Cl Cl bond forming Cl• free radicals.
B break the Cl Cl bond forming Cl+ and Cl– ions.
C break the C C bond in ethane forming CH 3• free radicals.

D break a C H bond in ethane forming C 2H5• free radicals.

(c) The overall reaction between ethane and chlorine is best described as
(1)
A addition.
B homolytic fission.
C heterolytic fission.
D substitution.

(Total for Question 8 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *N37962A0624*
9 This question concerns the following compounds

A B C D

Which of these compounds will show geometric ( E–Z or cis/trans) isomerism?

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The correct name for the compound shown below is

A 2-methylbut-3-ene
B 3-methylbut-2-ene
C 3-methylbut-3-ene
D 2-methylbut-2-ene

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Most compounds of lead are insoluble, an exception being lead(II) nitrate. Therefore a
good method of preparing lead(II) sulfate is
A adding dilute sulfuric acid to lead metal.
B adding concentrated sulfuric acid to lead metal.
C adding dilute sulfuric acid to lead(II) nitrate solution.
D adding dilute sulfuric acid to solid lead(II) oxide.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

*N37962A0724* 7
Turn over
12 Metals usually have high melting temperatures and boiling temperatures because there
are
A strong attractions between the ions.
B strong attractions between the delocalised electrons.
C strong attractions between the ions and the delocalised electrons.
D strong intermolecular forces.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 In 2006, the concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere was 382 ppm. This is
equivalent to
A 0.00382%
B 0.0382%
C 0.382%
D 3.82%

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 A hazard that is particularly associated with alkanes is that they are

A corrosive.
B flammable.
C toxic by inhalation.
D toxic by skin absorption.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *N37962A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The equation for the reaction between limewater and hydrochloric acid, including state
symbols, is
A CaOH(s) + HCl(aq) CaCl(aq) + H
2O(l)

B Ca(OH)2(s) + 2HCl(aq) CaCl

2(aq) + 2H2O(aq)

C CaOH(aq) + HCl(aq) CaCl(aq) + H

2O(aq)

D Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) CaCl

2(aq) + 2H2O(l)

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 As you go down Group 2 of the Periodic Table, which of the following decreases?
A The reactivity of the elements.
B The solubility of the hydroxides of the elements.
C The solubility of the sulfates of the elements.
D The thermal stability of the carbonates of the elements.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which concentrated acid would be best for mixing with a salt to carry out a flame test?
A Hydrochloric acid
B Nitric acid
C Phosphoric(V) acid
D Sulfuric acid

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The flame produced by a compound containing barium in a flame test is

A colourless.
B green.
C red.
D yellow.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

2 *N37963A0224*
5 Which of the following is a greenhouse gas?
A Argon
B Nitrogen
C Oxygen
D Water vapour

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 For parts (a) and (b), use your knowledge of intermolecular forces to predict the
compound with the highest boiling temperature.
(a) A HF
B H2O
C NH3
D CH4
(1)
(b) A 1-iodobutane
B 1-chlorobutane
C 2-methyl-2-iodopropane
D 2-methyl-2-chloropropane
(1)

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N37963A0324* 3
Turn over
7 Consider the following organic liquids:
A ethanal
B ethanol
C tetrachloromethane
D trichloromethane

(a) Each liquid is run from a burette. Which liquid would not be deflected significantly
by a charged rod?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which liquid would react with phosphorus(V) chloride to give a gas which fumes in
moist air?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which liquid would you expect to have the peak at the greatest mass/charge ratio in
its mass spectrum?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) Which liquid has an infrared spectrum with a broad absorption due to hydrogen
bonding?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 7 = 4 marks)

4 *N37963A0424*
8 Which of the following best defines the meaning of the term anthropogenic change?

It is a change caused by

A nature.
B plants.
C animals.
D humans.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Which of the following equations represents the change when concentrated sulfuric acid is
added to solid potassium chloride at room temperature?
A 8KCl + 5H 2SO4 4K2SO4 + H2S + 4Cl2 + 4H 2O
B 2KCl + 3H 2SO4 2KHSO4 + SO2 + Cl 2 + 2H 2O

C 6KCl + 4H 2SO4 3K2SO4 + S + 3Cl

2 + 4H2O

D KCl + H 2SO4 KHSO4 + HCl

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)
10 The Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of molecular energies is useful for explaining why
increasing temperature affects the rate of a chemical reaction.
(a) Which of the following statements describes how the shape of the Maxwell-
Boltzmann distribution curve changes as temperature increases?
(1)
A The peak decreases in height and moves to the left.
B The peak increases in height and moves to the left.
C The peak decreases in height and moves to the right.
D The peak increases in height and moves to the right.

(b) The main reason that reaction rates increase with temperature is that
(1)
A all the molecules move faster.
B all the molecules collide more frequently.
C more molecules collide with the correct orientation.
D a larger proportion of molecules have high energies.

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

*N37963A0524* 5
Turn over
11 Four organic reactions are given below:
A CH3CH3 CH2 CH2 + H2
B nCH2 CH2 (CH 2 CH2) n

C CH2 CH2 + HBr CH3CH2Br

D CH3CH2Br + H 2O CH3CH2OH + HBr

(a) Which reaction is a substitution reaction?

(1)
A
B
C
D
(b) Which reaction is an electrophilic addition reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(c) Which reaction involves initial attack by a nucleophile?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(d) Which reaction requires an initiator?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 11 = 4 marks)

6 *N37963A0624*
12 Which of the following statements is true?
A CFCs and nitrogen monoxide, NO, are involved in the depletion of the ozone
layer.
B CFCs act as catalysts for the depletion of the ozone layer, while nitrogen
monoxide, NO, does not.
C CFCs and ozone are free radicals.
D CFCs and nitrogen monoxide, NO, are decomposed by UV radiation.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*N37963A0724* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Methods for investigating reaction rates include

A colorimetry.
B measurement of change in volume.
C measurement of change of mass.
D quenching followed by titrating with acid.

Which method would be most suitable to investigate the rate of the following reactions?
(a) HCOOCH 3(aq) + NaOH(aq) HCOONa(aq) + CH3OH(aq)
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) (CH3)2C=CH 2(g) + HI(g) (CH3)3CI(g)

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) BrO 3Br

3–(aq) + 5Br–(aq) + 6H+(aq) 2(aq) + 3H2O(l) (1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 *N37949A0224*
2 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) 2H2O(g) + N2(g)
This reaction is first order with respect to hydrogen and second order with respect to
nitrogen(II) oxide.
By what factor will the initial rate increase if the concentration of hydrogen and
nitrogen(II) oxide are both tripled?
A 3
B 9
C 12
D 27
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which reaction has the most positive entropy change for the system, Ssystem?
A NaOH(aq) + HCl(aq) NaCl(aq) + H 2O(l)

B AgNO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) AgCl(s) + NaNO 3(aq)

C C2H4(g) + HCl(g) C2H5Cl(l)

D C4H10(g) C2H4(g) + C 2H 6(g)
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)
4 Barium carbonate decomposes in an endothermic reaction when heated to 1500K.
BaCO3(s) BaO(s) + CO2(g)
What are the signs of the entropy changes at 1500K?

Ssystem Ssurroundings
A + +
B + –
C – +
D – –

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N37949A0324* 3
Turn over
5 What are the units of Kcfor thefollowing equilibrium?
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
A atm
B atm–1
C dm3 mol–1
D moldm–3
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)
6 The graph below shows the yield of product in a gaseous equilibrium at different
temperatures and pressures.

% product at
equilibrium 300 atm

200 atm

Temperature/ C

The forward reaction in the equilibrium is

A exothermic, and the number of moles of gas is increasing.
B endothermic, and the number of moles of gas is increasing.
C exothermic, and the number of moles of gas is decreasing.
D endothermic, and the number of moles of gas is decreasing.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N37949A0424*
7 Hydrogen cyanide, HCN, reacts with propanal, CH3CH2CHO, in the presence of
potassium cyanide, KCN.

(a) The mechanism for this reaction is

(1)
A nucleophilic addition.
B nucleophilic substitution.
C electrophilic addition.
D electrophilic substitution.

(b) The first stage of the mechanism of this reaction is

(1)
A the lone pair of electrons on carbon in CN– attacking C+ of propanal.
B the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen in CN– attacking C+ of propanal.
C the lone pair of electrons on oxygen in propanal attacking C+ of HCN.
D the lone pair of electrons on oxygen in propanal attacking H+ in HCN.

(c) The product of the reaction is

(1)
A 1-hydroxypropanenitrile.
B 2-hydroxypropanenitrile.
C 1-hydroxybutanenitrile.
D 2-hydroxybutanenitrile.
(Total for Question 7 = 3 marks)
8 Which of the following does not have hydrogen bonding in a pure sample, but forms
hydrogen bonds with water when it dissolves?
A Propane
B Propanal
C Propanol
D Propanoic acid
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*N37949A0524* 5
Turn over
9 Which of the following has both optical and E-Z isomers?
A ClCH2CHClCH=CH2
B CH2=CClCH2CH 2Cl
C ClCH2CH=CHCH2Cl
D CHCl=CHCHClCH 3
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)
10 One optically active isomer of 2-chlorobutane reacts with hydroxide ions to form
butan-2-ol.
C 2H5CHClCH 3 + OH– C2H5CH(OH)CH 3 + Cl–
The organic product is a mixture of enantiomers because
A butan-2-ol contains a chiral carbon atom.
B the reaction is a nucleophilic substitution.
C 2-chlorobutane forms a carbocation intermediate.
D 2-chlorobutane forms a five-bonded transition state.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)
11 The organic product of the reaction between ethanoyl chloride and methylamine has the formula

O
A CH3NHCH2C
Cl

O
B CH3CH(NH2)C
Cl

O
C CH3C
NH2

O
D CH3C
NHCH3
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *N37949A0624*
12 A section of a polymer is shown below. Which of the following monomers would form
this polymer?
OO

OCH2CH2COCH 2CH 2C

A HOCH2CH2OH and ClCOCH 2CH 2COCl

B HOCH 2CH2OH and HOOCCH 2CH 2COOH

C ClCH
2CH2COCl alone

D HOCH2CH2COOH alone
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)
13 Which of the following is not a reaction of a Br Ønsted-Lowry acid and base?

A CH3Cl + OH– CH3OH + Cl–

B NH 3 + HCl NH4+ + Cl–
C H2O + HSO4– H2SO4 + OH–
D HCO3–+H2O CO32– + H3O+
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)
14 A buffer solution is made from ammonia and ammonium chloride. When a small
amount of acid is added to this buffer
A hydrogen ions in the acid combine with chloride ions to make HCl.
B hydrogen ions in the acid combine with NH 3 to make NH4+.

C NH4+ ions dissociate to make more NH3.

D the hydrogen ions in the acid prevent dissociation of the NH 4Cl.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*N37949A0724* 7
Turn over
15 Information about four samples of acid is shown below.
Sample 1: 1.0 mol dm–3 HCl
Sample 2: 1.0 mol dm–3 H 2SO4

Sample 3: 0.1 mol dm–3 HCl

Sample 4: 0.1 mol dm–3 CH 3COOH

Which of the following lists shows the samples in order of increasing pH?
A 1, 2, 3, 4
B 4, 3, 2, 1
C 2, 1, 3, 4
D 4, 3, 1, 2
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)
16 Which reaction has an enthalpy change equal to the enthalpy of hydration of the sodium
ion?
A Na+ (g) + excess H 2O(l) Na+ (aq)
B Na+ (g) + 1 mol of H Na+ (aq)
2O(l)

C Na+ (s) + excess H 2O(l) Na+ (aq)

D Na+ (s) + 1 mol of H 2O(l) Na+ (aq)

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *N37949A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .
1 What type of bonding occurs between the metal ion and ligand in the complex ion
[Cu(H2O)6]2+?
A Metallic
B Ionic
C Hydrogen
D Dative covalent

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of these four amino acids could not rotate the plane of plane-polarised light?

A H2NCH(CH3)COOH
B H2NCH(CH2COOH)COOH
C H2NCH2COOH
D H2NCH(CH2SH)COOH
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 In the solid state, the amino acid serine exists in the form

A H3N+CH(CH2OH)COOH
B H3N+CH(CH2OH)CO 2
C H2NCH(CH2OH)COOH
D H2NCH(CH2OH)CO 2
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The best method for separating a mixture of amino acids in solution is

A distillation.
B solvent extraction.
C chromatography.
D recrystallization.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

2 *N37954A0224*
5 How many different peaks due to hydrogen atoms would you expect to see in a low
resolution proton nmr spectrum of propanoic acid, CH 3CH2COOH?
A Two
B Three
C Five
D Six

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 In a high resolution proton nmr spectrum of ethanoic acid, CH 3COOH, the peak due to the
hydrogen atoms in the methyl group would be a
A singlet.
B doublet.
C triplet.
D quartet.

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of these compounds will not form an amide in a reaction with ethanoyl chloride?

A NH3
B CH3CH2NH 2
C CH3CH2NH(CH 3)
D CH3CH2N(CH 3) 2

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N37954A0324* 3
Turn over
8 This question concerns the following organic compounds.
A CH3COCl
B CH3COOH
C CH3COOCH2CH 3
D C6H5OH
Which compound is most likely to

(a) form the solution with the lowest pH when mixed with water?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) burn with a smoky flame?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) have a fruity smell?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) have an absorption in its IR spectrum at about 1795 cm1 ?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 8 = 4 marks)

4 *N37954A0424*
9 This question is about the reaction scheme below.

Cl Cl Cl
step 1 step 2 step 3

NO2 NH2
step 4

Cl

NH2
Which step is most likely to need

(a) tin and concentrated hydrochloric acid?

(1)
A Step 1
B Step 2
C Step 3
D Step 4

(b) a catalyst of iron(III) chloride?

(1)
A Step 1
B Step 2
C Step 3
D Step 4

(c) a nickel catalyst?

(1)
A Step 1
B Step 2
C Step 3
D Step 4

(Total for Question 9 = 3 marks)

*N37954A0524* 5
Turn over
10 The apparatus below can be used to measure the value of Ecell for the reaction
2Fe3+ (aq) + Zn(s) 2Fe2+ (aq) + Zn2+ (aq)

electrode 1 electrode 2

ZnSO4(aq) FeSO4(aq) / Fe2(SO 4) 3(aq)

The electrodes are:

electrode 1 electrode 2
A zinc iron
B iron zinc
C zinc platinum
D platinum platinum

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Copper reacts with silver ions according to the reaction below.

Cu(s) + 2Ag+ (aq) Cu2+ (aq) + 2Ag(s)

E cell for this reaction is

A +0.46 V
B +1.14 V
C +1.26 V
D +1.94 V

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *N37954A0624*
12 E cell for four reactions are shown in the table below.

E cell / V

Reaction 1 +1.10 Reaction 2

+0.65 Reaction 3 +0.10 Reaction
4 –1.30

Which reaction

(a) is thermodynamically not feasible?

(1)
A Reaction 1
B Reaction 2
C Reaction 3
D Reaction 4

(b) has the largest value for ln K?

(1)
A Reaction 1
B Reaction 2
C Reaction 3
D Reaction 4

(Total for Question 12 = 2 marks)

*N37954A0724* 7
Turn over
13 Consider the reaction scheme below and calculate the mass of aspirin you would expect
to form if you started with 47 g of phenol.

OH OH OCOCH 3

CO2H CO2H
step 1 step 2
yield 85% yield 80%

phenol, M aspirin, M
r = 94 r = 180

A 31.96 g
B 61.20 g
C 74.25 g
D 90.00 g
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the monomers A to D would form the polymer below?

? CH3 C 
? 2H5
? CC
? 
? ClH 
Cl  n

Cl

Cl

Cl

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *N37954A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 A molecule is
A a group of atoms bonded by ionic bonds.
B a group of atoms bonded by covalent bonds.
C a group of ions bonded by covalent bonds.
D a group of atoms bonded by metallic bonds.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 The relative atomic mass is defined as

A the mass of an atom of an element relative to 1/12 the mass of a carbon-12
atom.
B the mass of an atom of an element relative to the mass of a hydrogen atom.
C the average mass of an element relative to 1/12 the mass of a carbon atom.
D the average mass of an atom of an element relative to 1/12 the mass of a
carbon-12 atom.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P39295A0224*
3 The definition of the mole is
A the amount of any substance which occupies a volume of 24 dm3 at room
temperature and pressure.
B the amount of any substance containing the same number of identical entities as
there are in exactly 12 g of the carbon-12 isotope.
C the number of atoms in exactly 12 g of the carbon-12 isotope.
D the number of molecules in exactly 2 g of hydrogen at room temperature and
pressure.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The concentration of blood glucose is usually given in millimoles per dm3 or mmol
dm–3 . A reading of 5.0 mmol dm–3 is within the normal range. Glucose has a molar
mass of 180 g mol–1 . What mass of glucose dissolved in 1 dm3 of blood would give this
normal reading?
A 0.090 g
B 0.18 g
C 0.90 g
D 9.0 g

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 In an experiment performed to measure the enthalpy change for the reaction

Cu2+ 2+
(aq)
3.0 g of zinc powder (an excess) was added to 30.0 cm3 of copper(II) sulfate solution
of concentration 1.00 mol dm–3 . The temperature rise of the mixture was 47.6 K.
Assuming that the heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 J K–1 g–1 , the enthalpy change
for the reaction is given by
A H
B H
C H
D H

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P39295A0324* 3
Turn over
6 H for the process
A I I
2(s) 2(g)

B I 2I(g)
2(s)

C I 2I(g)
2(g)

D ½I I(g)
2(s)

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 The enthalpy change for the reaction

C(s, graphite) + ½O 2(g) CO(g)

cannot be measured directly since some carbon dioxide is always formed in the reaction.
It can be calculated using Hess’s Law and the enthalpy changes of combustion of
graphite and of carbon monoxide.

C(s, graphite) + O 2(g) CO2 H –1

CO(g) + ½O 2(g) CO2 H –1

The enthalpy change for the reaction of graphite with oxygen to give carbon monoxide
is
A –1

B –1

C –1

D –1

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *P39295A0424*
8 –1.

C3H8
C
C4H10
C5H12
6H14

–1.

A C
7H16

B C
8H18

C C
9H20

D C
10H 22

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 If the mean C H bond enthalpy is +x, which of the following represents a process with
an enthalpy change of +4x?
A C(g) + 4H(g) CH
4(g)

B CH4(g) C(g) + 4H(g)

C CH C(s, graphite) + 2H
4(g) 2(g)

D C(s, graphite) + 2H2(g) CH4(g)

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 –1):

789. 1577, 3232, 4356, 16091, 19785, 23787, 29253.

The element is in
A Group 1
B Group 2
C Group 3
D Group 4

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

*P39295A0524* 5
Turn over
11 Which of the graphs shows (from left to right) the trend in the ionic radius of the
isoelectronic ions N3– , O2– , F– , Na+ , Mg2+ , Al3+ ?
A B

Ionic Ionic
radius radius

N3– O2–F– (Ne) Na+ Mg2+ Al3+ N3– O2–F– (Ne) Na+ Mg2+ Al3+

C D

Ionic Ionic
radius radius

N3– O2–F– (Ne) Na+ Mg2+ Al3+ N3– O2–F– (Ne) Na+ Mg2+ Al3+

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

6 *P39295A0624*
12 Oxygen can be prepared using several different reactions. Which of those given below
has the highest atom economy by mass?
A NaNO NaNO
3 2 + ½O2

B H H
2O2 2O + ½O2

C Cl 2HCl + ½O
2 + H2O 2

D PbO PbO + ½O
2 2

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 The ionic radii in nm of some ions are given below.

Li+ 0.074 F– 0.133

Ca2+ 0.100 Cl– 0.180
O2– 0.140
S2– 0.185

(a) Which of the following compounds has the most exothermic lattice energy? They all
have the same crystal structure.
(1)
A LiF
B LiCl
C CaO
D CaS

(b) Which of the following compounds will show the greatest difference between the
experimental (Born-Haber) lattice energy and that calculated from a purely ionic
model?
(1)
A LiF
B Li
2O

C CaO
D CaS

(Total for Question 13 = 2 marks)

*P39295A0724* 7
Turn over
14 Which of the following is the correct order for the processes used to obtain petrol from
petroleum (crude oil)?
A Petroleum fractional distillation reforming petrol.
B Petroleum reforming fractional distillation petrol.
C Petroleum reforming fractional distillation petrol.
D Petroleum fractional distillation reforming petrol.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 In the reaction between ethene and bromine, the bromine molecule acts as an
electrophile.
CH CH BrCH
2 2 + Br2 2CH2Br

Which of the following statements is true?

A Ethene acts as a nucleophile because it is polar.
B Ethene acts as a nucleophile because it can donate a pair of electrons to
bromine.
C Ethene is not a nucleophile in this reaction.
D Ethene acts as a nucleophile because it donates a single electron to bromine.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16

H3C CH2CH2CH 3
CC
H CH2CH3

A Z-4-ethylhex-4-ene
B E-3-ethylhex-2-ene
C Z-3-ethylhex-2-ene
D E-3-propylpent-2-ene

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

8 *P39295A0824*
17 If propene, CH 3CH CH2, is reacted with aqueous acidified potassium manganate(VII)
the organic product is
A CH
3CH(OH)CH2OH

B CH
3CH(OH)CH3

C HOCH
2CH2CH 2OH

D CH
3CH2CH 2OH

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 How many compounds have the formula C 5H12?

A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 An organic compound reacts with chlorine in the presence of ultraviolet light. The
relative molecular mass of the product has increased by 34.5 compared with the original
compound. What is the reaction mechanism?
A Free radical substitution
B Electrophilic substitution
C Nucleophilic substitution
D Free radical addition

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P39295A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 This question concerns the shapes of molecules and ions:

A linear
B trigonal planar
C pyramidal
D tetrahedral
Select from A to D the shape of

(a) boron trichloride, BCl 3 (1)

A
B
C
D

(b) the ammonium ion, NH 4+ (1)

A
B
C
D

(c) carbon dioxide, CO 2 (1)

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 *P39303A0224*
2 Tetrachloromethane, CCl4, is a
A polar molecule with polar bonds.
B polar molecule with non-polar bonds.
C non-polar molecule with polar bonds.
D non-polar molecule with non-polar bonds.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The difference in boiling temperature between methane (T

ethane (T b = 109 K) and
b = 185 K) is best explained by the different numbers of

A protons.
B electrons.
C covalent bonds.
D hydrogen bonds.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 What is the oxidation number of oxygen in OF

2?

A
B
C +1
D +2

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 In which of the following reactions is sulfuric(IV) acid, H2SO3, acting as an oxidizing agent?
A 2NaOH + H Na
2SO3 2SO3 + 2H 2O

B 2FeCl 2FeCl
3 + H2SO 3 + H 2O 2 + H2SO 4 + 2HCl

C 2H 3H
2S + H2SO 3 2O + 3S

D H H
2SO3 2O + SO2

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P39303A0324* 3
Turn over
6 Ethanol is soluble in water. The best explanation for this is
A ethanol molecules form hydrogen bonds with water molecules.
B ethanol molecules form London (dispersion) forces with water molecules.
C ethanol molecules form permanent dipole interactions with water molecules.
D ethanol and water are miscible liquids.

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 During a titration, when the solution in a pipette is transferred to a conical flask, a small
amount of liquid remains in the tip of the pipette. This situation should be dealt with by
A leaving the liquid in the pipette which is calibrated to allow for it.
B slightly over-filling the pipette to compensate for the additional volume.
C carefully blowing the liquid out of the pipette to ensure that it is empty.
D repeating the titration.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The tolerance of a 25 cm3 pipette is ±0.06 cm3 . The percentage error in the
measurement of 25 cm3 using this pipette is
A ±0.06%
B ±0.12%
C ±0.24%
D ±0.48%
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 A series of titrations is carried out using the same conical flask. Before carrying out
each titration, the conical flask must be
A rinsed with ethanol.
B rinsed with distilled or deionised water.
C rinsed with the solution that it will contain.
D dried to remove all traces of liquid.

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

4 *P39303A0424*
10 When excess calcium is added to water, effervescence occurs and
A a clear colourless solution is formed.
B a cloudy suspension is formed.
C an orange-red flame is seen.
D a yellow flame is seen.

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 When samples of magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO

heated 3)2, and calcium nitrate, Ca(NO 3) 2, are

A both compounds decompose to form the corresponding nitrite and oxygen.

B both compounds decompose to form the corresponding oxide, nitrogen dioxide
and oxygen.
C magnesium nitrate decomposes to form magnesium nitrite and oxygen whereas
calcium nitrate decomposes to form calcium oxide, nitrogen dioxide and oxygen.
D magnesium nitrate decomposes to form magnesium oxide, nitrogen dioxide and
oxygen whereas calcium nitrate decomposes to form calcium nitrite and oxygen.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of the following properties of the elements chlorine, bromine and iodine
increases with increasing atomic number?
A Boiling temperature
B Bond enthalpy
C Electronegativity
D First ionization energy

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P39303A0524* 5
Turn over
13 Which of the following is a secondary alcohol?
A butan-1-ol
B butan-2-ol
C 2-methylpropan-1-ol
D 2-methylpropan-2-ol

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 The compound

Cl

has the systematic name

A 2-chlorobutane
B 3-chlorobutane
C 1-chloro-1-methylpropane
D 1-chloro-2-methylbutane

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 When a chloroalkane is heated with aqueous sodium hydroxide

A no reaction occurs with primary, secondary or tertiary chloroalkanes.
B a reaction occurs with primary and secondary chloroalkanes but not with tertiary
chloroalkanes.
C a reaction occurs with tertiary chloroalkanes but not with primary and secondary
chloroalkanes.
D a reaction occurs with primary, secondary and tertiary chloroalkanes.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

6 *P39303A0624*
16 Brown nitrogen dioxide, NO 2, exists in equilibrium with colourless
dinitrogen tetroxide, N 2O4.
2NO2(g) N2O4 H
brown colourless

(a) The pressure is increased. When equilibrium is restored, the appearance of the
mixture of gases will be
(1)
A colourless.
B unchanged.
C paler brown.
D darker brown.

(b) The temperature is increased. When equilibrium is restored, the appearance of the
mixture of gases will be
(1)
A colourless.
B unchanged.
C paler brown.
D darker brown.

(Total for Question 16 = 2 marks)

17 When propanal, CH
3CH2CHO, and propanone, CH 3COCH 3, are compared using
physical methods of analysis, which of the following is not correct?
A The carbonyl groups absorb at very similar frequencies of the IR spectrum.
B The compounds will have different patterns in the fingerprint region of the IR
spectrum.
C The compounds will form different fragmentation patterns in a mass spectrum.
D The compounds will have molecular ion peaks at different mass to charge ratios
in a mass spectrum.

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P39303A0724* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The reaction between carbon monoxide and hydrogen reaches a dynamic equilibrium.

CO(g) + 2H 2(g) CH3OH(g)

(a) Which of these statements about a dynamic equilibrium is not true?

(1)
A The forward rate of reaction is equal to the backward rate of reaction.
B The concentrations of the products and reactants do not change.
C The concentrations of the products and reactants are equal.
D The equilibrium can be approached from either direction.

(b) The Kc expression for the above reaction is (1)

[CH OH]
A K c = 3 2
[CO] × [H ]
2

[CO] × 2[H ]
B Kc = [CH OH] 2
3

[CO] × [H ] 2
C K c = 2
[CH OH]
3

[CH OH]
D K c = 3
[CO] × 2[H ]
2

(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P39304A0224*
2 Hydrogen and iodine, both with an initial concentration of 0.010 mol dm , were
allowed to react. At equilibrium, the concentration of hydrogen iodide was 0.0030
mol dm .
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
Kc is calculated using the values

H2(g) / mol dm I HI(g) / mol dm

2(g) / mol dm

A 0.0070 0.0070 0.0030

B 0.0040 0.0040 0.0030
C 0.0040 0.0040 0.0060
D 0.0085 0.0085 0.0030

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The reaction below reached a dynamic equilibrium from an initial mixture of all four
substances P, Q, R and S in aqueous solution.
P+Q R+S
The following data were obtained.

Substance Concentration at equilibrium

/ mol dm–3

P0.050 Q0.040 R0.020

S0.010

K c for the equilibrium is

A 0.10
B 0.33
C 3.00
D 10.0

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

*P39304A0324* 3
Turn over
4 The Haber process is used to make ammonia from nitrogen and hydrogen at 450 C.

N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3 H

(a) If the partial pressures of these gases were measured in atm, the units of the

equilibrium constant Kp will be (1)

A atm
B atm2
C atm
D atm

(b) When the temperature of the system is increased

(1)
A Kp decreases.
B Kp increases.
C Kp stays the same.
D Kp first decreases and then increases.
(Total for Question 4 = 2 marks)

5 In high performance liquid chromatography, HPLC, which of these factors does not
affect the time taken for a component to pass through the column?
A Type of detector
B Material of stationary phase
C Particle size of stationary phase
D Temperature of column
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 When equimolar amounts of the solutions below are mixed, which forms a buffer
solution with a pH less than 7?
A Hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride
B Ethanoic acid and sodium ethanoate
C Sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride
D Ammonia and ammonium chloride

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

4 *P39304A0424*
7 The pH of a 1.5 mol dm–3 solution of hydrochloric acid, HCl(aq), is
A
B
C 0.18
D 1.50

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of these solid substances is likely to have the greatest standard entropy? Use of
the data booklet is not required.
A SnO
B SnO
2

C SnBr
2

D SnBr
4

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 What is the correct name for the molecule shown below?

H3C Br
CC
H CH3

A Z-2-bromobut-2-ene
B E-2-bromobut-2-ene
C E-3-bromobut-2-ene
D Z-3-bromobut-2-ene

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P39304A0524* 5
Turn over
10 Ketones react with hydrogen cyanide, HCN, in the presence of cyanide ions, CN .

(a) Which of these ketones does not form a racemic mixture in this reaction?
(1)
A CH3CH2CH 2COCH 3
B CH3CH2COCH 2CH 3
C CH3CH2CH 2CH 2COCH 3
D CH3CH2CH 2COCH 2CH 3

(b) This type of reaction is classified as

(1)
A nucleophilic substitution.
B nucleophilic addition.
C electrophilic addition.
D electrophilic substitution.

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

11 Which of these is not observed when ethanoyl chloride reacts with water?
A Misty fumes given off.
B The gas given off turns damp blue litmus paper red.
C The mixture gets hot.
D A white precipitate forms.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 UV light is useful in initiating some reactions because it

A lowers the activation energy of the reaction.
B causes bonds in molecules to stretch and bend.
C causes molecules to form ions.
D causes molecules to form free radicals.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

6 *P39304A0624*
13 Butane-1,4-diol, HO(CH2)4OH, and benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid,

HOOC COOH, react to form a polyester.

(a) The repeat unit of the polyester is

(1)

? O
A O(CH 2)4 OC CO (CH 2)4 O
O 

? O
B O(CH 2)4 C C(CH 2)4 O
O 

? O
C O(CH 2)4 OC C
O 

? O
D O(CH 2)4 OC CO
O 

(b) The type of reaction is

(1)
A hydrolysis.
B addition.
C substitution.
D condensation.

(Total for Question 13 = 2 marks)

*P39304A0724* 7
Turn over
14 The equation for the enthalpy of hydration for a magnesium ion is
A Mg2+ (s) + aq Mg2+ (aq)
B Mg2+ (g) + aq Mg2+ (aq)
C Mg2+ (aq) Mg2+ (g) + aq
D Mg2+ (aq) Mg2+ (s) + aq

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 The IR spectrum of a substance is shown below.

100

Transmittance 50
/%

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
Wavenumber/cm–1

Which of the following substances has this spectrum?

You may use the information on page 6 of the data booklet.
A Propan-1-ol
B Propanal
C Propanone
D Propanoic acid

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

8 *P39304A0824*
16 Two ketones, CH 3COCH2CH 2CH 3 and CH 3CH 2COCH 2CH 3, both have M r = 86. Which
peak due to fragmentation into singly charged ions would you expect to be present in the
mass spectrum of one but not the other?
A 71
B 57
C 43
D

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P39304A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 An electrochemical cell consists of a standard hydrogen electrode and a Cu2+ (aq)|Cu(s)

electrode which uses copper(II) sulfate solution. Which one of the following does not
affect the e.m.f. of the cell?
A The volume of the copper(II) sulfate solution.
B The temperature.
C The pressure of the hydrogen.
D The concentration of the copper(II) sulfate solution.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which answer corresponds to the correct value of E cell for the oxidation of
hydrogen peroxide by manganate(VII) ions? The half-reactions are

2H+ + O 2 + 2e– H2O2 E = + 0.68 V

MnO4– + 8H+ + 5e– Mn2+ + 4H 2O E = + 1.51 V
The overall equation is

2MnO4– + 6H+ + 5H2O 2 2Mn2+ + 8H 2O + 5O2

A E cell = + 2.19 V

B E cell = – 0.83 V

C E cell = – 0.38 V

D E cell = + 0.83 V

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P35302A0228*
3 The transition metal complex Pt(NH3)2Cl 2 exists as two geometric isomers. This is because the
complex
A is square-planar.
B is tetrahedral.
C contains a double bond.
D is octahedral.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Hydrogen peroxide, H
2O2, can be analysed by titration. The hydrogen peroxide solution
is treated with acidified potassium iodide solution, and the liberated iodine is titrated
with a standard solution of sodium thiosulfate, Na
and tetrathionate ions, S 4O62 . 2S2O 3. The products are iodide ions

Which of the following applies to this reaction?

Action of H Action of S
2O2 2O3

A oxidizing agent oxidizing agent

B oxidizing agent reducing agent
C reducing agent oxidizing agent
D reducing agent reducing agent

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 A hydrated transition metal ion is colourless. Which of the following could be the
electronic configuration of this ion?
A [Ar] 3d5 4s2
B [Ar] 3d8
C [Ar] 3d10 4s2
D [Ar] 3d10

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P35302A0328* 3
Turn over
6 Which of the following reagents would enable you to separate iron(III) hydroxide from a
mixture of iron(III) hydroxide and copper(II) hydroxide?
A Dilute hydrochloric acid
B Aqueous ammonia
C Dilute nitric acid
D Sodium hydroxide solution

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 When a solution containing 0.10mol of chromium(III) chloride, CrCl3.6H2O, is treated with

excess silver nitrate solution, 0.20mol of silver chloride, AgCl, is immediately precipitated.
The formula of the complex ion in the solution is

A [Cr(OH)6]3–
B [Cr(H2O)6]3+
C [CrCl(H2O)5]2+
D [CrCl2(H2O) 4]+
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of the following species is not able to act as a ligand in the formation of
transition metal complexes?

A C6H5NH 2
B NH3
C NH2CH2CH 2CH 2NH 2
D NH4+
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 The element zinc, with electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 , is not
regarded as a transition element because

A the oxide of zinc is amphoteric.

B none of its ions has an unpaired electron in the d-subshell.
C it does not readily form complex ions.
D it has a boiling temperature low enough for it to be easily distilled.

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

4 *P35302A0428*
10 The compounds below were heated with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Which
one of them did not give sodium ethanoate, CH 3COONa, as one of the products?

A CH
3COOCH3

B CH
3COCH3

C CH3COOH
D CH3COCl
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following products is formed when phenylamine (aniline) is reacted with
dilute sulfuric acid?

NO2
A

SO3H
B

+ –
NH3HSO4
C

NH2

SO3H

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P35302A0528* 5
Turn over
12 For the nitration of phenol, which is the most suitable set of conditions and the reason
for its use?

Reactivity of phenol to
Conditions electrophiles compared
with benzene

A dilute nitric acid at room temperature more reactive

B concentrated nitric and sulfuric acid at room more reactive

temperature

C concentrated nitric and sulfuric acid at 55°C the same

D dilute nitric acid and dilute sulfuric acid at less reactive

room temperature

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Phenol reacts with excess bromine water to give as the organic product(s)

OH OH
Br
A and

Br
Br
B

OH
Br Br
C

Br

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

6 *P35302A0628*
14 An organic compound, X, shows the following properties:

Oxidation of compound X produces a substance that reacts with

2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine to give a yellow precipitate but does not react with
Fehling’s or Benedict’s solution.
Compound X reacts with ice-cold nitrous acid to form a compound that gives a
yellow precipitate with an alkaline solution of phenol.

What is the formula of compound X?

CHO

NH2

CH(OH)CH3

NH2

CHO

CH
3

CHOHCH3

CH3
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

*P35302A0728* 7
Turn over
15 Which sequence shows the bases in order of decreasing strength?

A C6H5NH 2 > CH 3NH 2 > NH 3

B NH3 > CH3NH 2 > C 6H 5NH 2

C CH3NH2 > NH 3 > C 6H 5NH 2

D NH3 > C6H 5NH 2 > CH 3NH 2

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Bromoethane can be made by heating ethanol under reflux with 50% sulfuric acid and
sodium bromide. When the mixture is distilled, the products include sulfur dioxide,
bromine, hydrogen bromide and water as well as bromoethane.
The product mixture is shaken with sodium carbonate solution and later with anhydrous
sodium sulfate before being re-distilled. Which of the following shows the correct list of
impurities removed at each step?

Aqueous sodium Addition of sodium

carbonate wash sulfate

A HBr SO 2, Br2, water

B SO HBr, water
2. Br2

C SO Br
2. HBr 2, water

D SO2, Br2, HBr water

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 A compound is known to have either the structure H 2NCH2CH 2NH 2 or H 2NCH 2COOH.
Which of the following tests would best distinguish between the two compounds?
A Reaction with concentrated aqueous sodium hydroxide.
B Reaction with nitrous acid.
C Reaction with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate.
D Reaction with ethanoyl chloride.
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

8 *P35302A0828*
18 Poly(ethenol) is a water-soluble polymer. A section of the chain has the structure shown
below.

HH H H CC

CC

HOHH OH

The polymer is used for making hospital laundry bags so that laundry can be loaded
directly into washing machines without it having to be handled.
Poly(ethenol) is water soluble because the polymer
A is broken down by the water into monomers.
B is broken down by the washing detergent.
C breaks into monomers at the temperature of the wash.
D forms many strong hydrogen bonds with the water.

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 Which of the following substances is capable of damaging the ozone layer?

A NaCl
B CO
2

C C2HF5
D C2F3Cl 3
(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 Analysis suggests that a particular organic synthesis produces a medicine that contains
trace impurities that may be hazardous. What is the best way for this discovery to be
reported and evaluated?
A In a scientific journal which subjects its articles to peer review.
B On the Internet in an article on a website.
C In a newspaper article in several broadsheet newspapers.
D In a widely circulated magazine.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P35302A0928* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 When aqueous solutions of barium chloride and potassium sulfate are mixed, a white
precipitate forms. The ionic equation for the reaction is

A K+(aq) + Cl− (aq) KCl(s)

B K2+(aq) + 2Cl− (aq) KCl 2(s)

C Ba+(aq) + SO 4− (aq) BaSO4(s)

D Ba2+(aq) + SO 42− (aq) BaSO
4(s)

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following processes has the highest atom economy?

A Making poly(ethene) from ethene.
B Making ethene from eicosane, C
20H42.

C Making chloromethane from methane.

D Making magnesium chloride from magnesium and hydrochloric acid.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 How many molecules are present in 16 g of oxygen gas, O

2(g)?

[Avogadro constant = 6 × 1023 mol−1]

A 96 × 1023
B 12 × 1023
C 6 × 1023
D 3 × 1023
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P41212A0224*
4 Nickel(II) sulfate is prepared by adding an excess of nickel(II) carbonate to 0.010 mol of
dilute sulfuric acid.

NiCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) NiSO4(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

Solid nickel(II) sulfate crystals are produced with a 20% yield. How many moles of
nickel(II) sulfate crystals are obtained?
A 0.001
B 0.002
C 0.010
D 0.050
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 When 0.635 g of copper (relative atomic mass, RAM = 63.5) is added to an excess of silver
nitrate solution, 2.158 g of silver (RAM = 107.9) form. The ionic equation for the reaction is
A Cu(s) + Ag2+(aq) Cu2+(aq) + Ag(s)
B Cu(s) + Ag+(aq) Cu+(aq) + Ag(s)
C 2Cu(s) + Ag2+(aq) 2Cu+(aq) + Ag(s)
D Cu(s) + 2Ag+(aq) Cu2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 In an experiment to measure the enthalpy change of a reaction involving gases, which

of the following conditions must always be kept constant?
A Pressure
B Temperature
C Volume
D Temperature and pressure
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P41212A0324* 3
Turn over
7 In an endothermic reaction in aqueous solution, which of the following is correct?

Temperature Sign of enthalpy change

A IncreasesPositive
B IncreasesNegative
C DecreasesPositive
D DecreasesNegative

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The enthalpy change for the reaction to form hydrated sodium thiosulfate crystals
cannot be measured directly.
The following Hess cycle can be used.

Na2S2O3(s) + 5H2O(l) Hr Na
2S2O3.5H2O(s)

+aq H1 H +aq
2

Na
2S2O3 (aq)

The enthalpy change for the reaction, Hr, is equal to

A H H
1 + 2

B H H
1 - 2

C− H H
1 - 2

D− H H
1 + 2

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

4 *P41212A0424*
9 When 10 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid is reacted with
10 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide solution, the temperature change is T.
HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) NaCl(aq) + H
2O(l)

When the reaction is repeated with 50 cm3 of each solution, the temperature change is
A T
B5× T
C 1 T
5 ×
D 10 × 2 × T
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 An isotope of an element, atomic number z, has mass number 2z + 4. How many

neutrons are in the nucleus of the element?
Az+4
Bz+2
Cz
D4
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 When an Al4+ ion is formed from an Al atom, the fourth electron is lost from the
A 1s sub-shell.
B 2s sub-shell.
C 2p sub-shell.
D 3s sub-shell.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

*P41212A0524* 5
Turn over
12 Metals are good conductors of electricity because
A metal atoms are arranged in a regular lattice.
B metal ions are very close to each other.
C metal ions are free to move through the lattice.
D electrons are free to move through the lattice.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following statements is evidence for the existence of ions in ionic
compounds?
A Ionic compounds, in the solid state, conduct electricity.
B When any ionic compound in solution is electrolysed, the migration of ions
can be seen.
C In electron density maps for ionic compounds, there is no single line
representing electron density that surrounds both cations and anions.
D In electron density maps for ionic compounds, there are some single lines
representing electron density that surround both cations and anions.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 White phosphorus consists of

A a giant structure of atoms.
B a giant structure of ions.
C small molecules.
D single atoms.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Isomers have different

A empirical formulae.
B molecular formulae.
C skeletal formulae.
D molar masses.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

6 *P41212A0624*
 BLANK PAGE

*P41212A0724* 7
Turn over
16 Four of the reactions of propene are shown on the diagram below.

CH
3CH2CH3

Reaction 1Hydrogen / catalyst

CH3CH(OH)CH2OH CH3CH CH2 CH

3CHBrCH2Br

Reaction 4 Reaction 2

Reaction 3HBr

Compound A

(a) Nickel is often used as the catalyst for Reaction 1. Use your Periodic Table to
select which of the following metals can be used instead of nickel to catalyse Reaction 1.
(1)
A Potassium
B Calcium
C Gallium
D Palladium

(b) The name of the reagent and the product for Reaction 2 are
(1)

ReagentProduct
A bromine waterdibromopropane
B bromine dibromopropane
C bromine water1,2-dibromopropane
D bromine 1,2-dibromopropane

8 *P41212A0824*
(c) What is formed in Reaction 3?
(1)
A Only 1-bromopropane
B Only 2-bromopropane
C A mixture of bromopropanes containing mainly 2-bromopropane
D A mixture of bromopropanes containing mainly 1-bromopropane

(d) A mixture of dilute sulfuric acid and which of the following reagents is needed for
Reaction 4?
(1)
A KOH
B KMnO
4

CH
2O2

DO
2

(e) The reaction of propene in Reaction 4 can be classified both as

(1)

A addition and reduction.

B addition and oxidation.
C free radical substitution and reduction.
D free radical substitution and oxidation.

(Total for Question 16 = 5 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P41212A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A
Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a cross .

1 Which of these bond angles is the largest?

A Cl–B–Cl in BCl 3

B H–N–H in NH3
C Cl–Be–Cl in BeCl 2

D H–O–H in H2O
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 In propene, CH
2=CH–CH3,

A the C=C double bond is longer and stronger than the C–C single bond.
B the C=C double bond is shorter and stronger than the C–C single bond.
C the C=C double bond is shorter and weaker than the C–C single bond.
D the C=C double bond is longer and weaker than the C–C single bond.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following molecules is not polar?

A HCl
B CH
3Cl

C CHCl
3

D CCl
4

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The O–H bond in water is polar because, compared with the hydrogen atom, the
oxygen atom has

A more electrons.
B more neutrons.
C greater electronegativity.
D a larger atomic radius.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

2 *P41213A0224*
5 Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling temperature?
A CH
4

B CH
3Cl

C HCHO
D CH
3OH

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 The oxidation number of sulfur in thiosulfate ions, S2O32–, is

A +2
B +3
C +4
D +6
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following is a redox reaction?

A Ca + 2H Ca(OH)
2O 2 + H2

B MgO + H Mg(OH)
2O 2

C NaCl + AgNO AgCl + NaNO

3 3

D Na 2NaCl + CO
2CO3 + 2HCl 2 + H2O

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 A solid gives a red colour in a flame test and reacts with concentrated sulfuric acid to
produce steamy fumes, but no other gases. The solid could be
A lithium bromide.
B strontium chloride.
C calcium bromide.
D sodium chloride.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P41213A0324* 3
Turn over
9 Which of the following statements is correct?
A Barium sulfate is less soluble in water than calcium sulfate.
B Barium hydroxide is less soluble in water than calcium hydroxide.
C Barium nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition more readily than calcium nitrate.
D Barium shows more than one oxidation state in its compounds.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 Going down Group 7 from chlorine to iodine

A the boiling temperature of the hydrogen halide decreases.
B the polarity of the hydrogen halide bond increases.
C the reducing power of the halide ion increases.
D the oxidizing power of the halogen element increases.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 What colour is the vapour which forms when concentrated sulfuric acid is added to
solid potassium iodide?
A Green
B Orange
C Brown
D Purple
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Calculate the volume of dilute hydrochloric acid, concentration 0.200 mol dm–3, needed
to neutralize 20 cm3 of aqueous calcium hydroxide, concentration 0.100 mol dm–3.
2HCl(aq) + Ca(OH) CaCl
2(aq) 2(aq) + 2H2O(l)

A 10 cm3
B 20 cm3
C 40 cm3
D 80 cm3
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

4 *P41213A0424*
13 The reaction of heated magnesium with steam is faster than the reaction of
magnesium with cold water. This is mainly because
A in cold water, the water molecules do not collide as frequently with magnesium.
B the coating of oxide on magnesium decomposes when it is heated.
C the fraction of particles with energy greater than the activation energy is higher
in the reaction with steam.
D the reaction with steam goes by an alternative route with lower activation energy.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of these compounds would not react when heated with a mixture of
potassium dichromate(VI) and sulfuric acid?
A CH
3OH

B CH
3(CH2)2OH

C (CH
3)2CHOH

D (CH
3)3COH

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

*P41213A0524* 5
Turn over
15 Under certain conditions, butan-1-ol can be oxidized to the compound with infrared
spectrum shown below.

80

60
Transmittance
/ %
40

20

0
300020001000 Wavenumber / cm–1

O–H stretching vibrations alcohols 3750 – 3200 cm–1 O–H stretching vibrations
carboxylic acids 3300 – 2500 cm–1
C=O stretching vibrations aldehydes and ketones 1740 – 1680 cm–1

C=O stretching vibrations carboxylic acids 1725 – 1700 cm–1 The compound is most likely to

be

A butan-2-ol.
B butanal.
C butanone.
D butanoic acid.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Which of the following is a secondary alcohol?

A 2-methylpentan-3-ol
B 2-methylpropan-2-ol
C 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol
D ethane-1,2-diol
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

6 *P41213A0624*
17 Propanal, CH
3CH2CHO, and propanone, CH3COCH3, are isomers, but only propanal has

a significant peak in its mass spectrum at mass/charge ratio

A 15
B 29
C 43
D 58
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 The reaction of the halogenoalkane, C

2H5Cl, with alcoholic ammonia is

A nucleophilic substitution.
B electrophilic substitution.
C reduction.
D elimination.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 The formation of a carbocation from a halogenoalkane is an example of

A homolytic fission.
B heterolytic fission.
C an initiation reaction.
D a propagation reaction.
(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 The equations below show some reactions which occur in the upper atmosphere.
O O+O
3 2

NO + O 3 NO
2 + O2

NO2 + O NO + O 2

Which of the following statements is not correct?

A Oxygen free radicals are formed by the action of ultraviolet light.
B NO acts as a catalyst.
C NO acts as an oxidizing agent.
D NO is released by aircraft engines.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P41213A0724* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 Methods for investigating reaction rates include
A colorimetry
B collecting and measuring the volume of a gas
C quenching, followed by titration with acid
D quenching, followed by titration with iodine solution.
Which method would be most suitable to investigate the rate of the following
reactions?

(a) H 2O2(aq) + 2I(aq) + 2H+(aq) 2H2O(l) + I2(aq)

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) C C
4H9Br(l) + OH−(aq) 4H9OH(l) + Br−(aq)

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

2 *P41214A0228*
2 For a given initial reactant pressure, the half-life for a first order gaseous reaction was
found to be 30 minutes.
If the experiment were repeated at half the initial reactant pressure, the half-life would be
A 15 minutes.
B 30 minutes.
C 45 minutes.
D 60 minutes.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 To determine the activation energy (Ea) for a reaction, the variation of reaction rate with temperature is
investigated.
The rate constant, k, for the reaction is related to the absolute temperature, T, by the
expression

In k Ea 1 
=− × constant
R  T +

where R is the gas constant.

The activation energy for the reaction could be obtained by plotting a graph of

vertical axis horizontal axis

A k T

B k 1
T

C ln k T

D ln k 1
T
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P41214A0328* 3
Turn over
4 Energy is evolved when one mole of gaseous calcium ions is hydrated.
Ca2+(g) + aq Ca2+(aq)
This reaction is more exothermic than the corresponding value for barium ions, Ba2+,
because the
A ionization energy of calcium is greater than that of barium.
B lattice energy of calcium oxide is more exothermic than that of barium oxide.
C solubility of calcium hydroxide in water is less than that of barium hydroxide.
D ionic radius of Ca2+ is less than that of Ba2+.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 The following cycle represents the enthalpy changes w, x, y and z, occurring when an
ionic solute, AX2(s), dissolves in water.

A2+(g) + 2X–(g)

x+y
AX2(s)
z

A2+(aq) + 2X–(aq)

Which of the changes is the lattice energy of AX 2(s)?

A½ w
B− w
C z
D z − x − y
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

4 *P41214A0428*
6 The equation for the synthesis of methanol is

CO(g) + 2H 2(g) CH3OH(g)

At equilibrium, when the temperature is 340 K, the total pressure is 20 atm. The
moles of each component present at equilibrium are shown in the table below.

FormulaEquilibrium moles / molMole fraction CO0.150.23

H2 0.32
CH3OH 0.180.28

(a) The mole fraction of hydrogen in the equilibrium mixture is

(1)
A 0.23
B 0.46
C 0.49
D 0.92

(b) The numerical value for the equilibrium partial pressure of the carbon monoxide, in
atmospheres, is
(1)
A 3.0
B 4.6
C 5.0
D 9.2

(c) Units for the equilibrium constant, Kp, for this reaction are
(1)
A no units
B atm
C atm−1
D atm−2
(Total for Question 6 = 3 marks)

*P41214A0528* 5
Turn over
7 An aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, NH4Cl, has a pH of less than 7 because
A the ammonium ions donate protons to water molecules giving rise to
oxonium ions, H
3O+(aq).

B the chloride ions combine with hydrogen ions from water to form
hydrochloric acid, HCl(aq).
C an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is unstable and evolves ammonia
gas, NH
3(g), leaving dilute hydrochloric acid.

D the ammonium chloride reacts with carbon dioxide from the atmosphere
giving ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3(aq), and hydrochloric acid, HCl(aq).
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which one of the following indicators is most suitable for titrating ethanoic acid with 0.1
mol dm3 sodium hydroxide?
(Refer to page 19 of your data booklet.)
A Thymol blue (acid)
B Bromothymol blue
C Thymol blue (base)
D Alizarin yellow R
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 What is the conjugate base of the acid, HCO

3−?

AH
2CO3

B CO
32−

C OH−
D CO
2

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

6 *P41214A0628*
10 What is the approximate pH of a buffer solution containing 0.20 mol of a weak acid, HA,
(pK
a = 4.8) and 0.20 mol of the sodium salt of the acid, NaA, in a total volume of 1 dm3

of solution?
A 7.0
B 5.8
C 4.8
D 3.8
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Ethanal, CH
3CHO, can be converted by a two-step synthesis into 2-hydroxypropanoic acid.

OH O
H CC
3C

HOH
2-hydroxypropanoic acid
The reagents and conditions are
1st step 2nd step

A Na 2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4, NaOH(aq), heat under reflux

heat under reflux
B Cl 2, UV light NaOH(aq), heat under reflux
C LiAlH 4 in dry ether CO2, room temperature
D HCN, in presence of KCN(aq) dilute HCl(aq), heat under reflux
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P41214A0728* 7
Turn over
12 Questions (a) to (d) concern the following organic compounds.

CH3 H

Compound A H 3C CCOH

CH3 CH2CH3

H CH3

Compound B H3C CCO

CH3 H

Compound C H3C CCO

CH3 O

Compound D H CCOCH
3C 3

8 *P41214A0828*
 Select from A to D the compound that
(a) forms iodoform with iodine in the presence of alkali.
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) is chiral.
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) reacts with Tollens’ reagent.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) can be oxidized to form a ketone.

(1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 12 = 4 marks)

*P41214A0928* 9
Turn over
13 Ethanoic acid, CH
3COOH, can be converted into ethanoyl chloride, CH3COCl, by the

action of
A phosphorus(V) chloride.
B chlorine.
C dilute hydrochloric acid.
D concentrated hydrochloric acid.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 A compound, Q, gives an orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.

Compound Q is resistant to oxidation.
On reduction, Q gives a product made up of a pair of optical isomers.
Which of the following compounds could be compound Q?
A CH
3CH2CH2COCH3

B CH CHCH(OH)CH
3CH 3

C CH
3CH2CH2CH2CHO

D CH
3CH2COCH2CH3

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

10 *P41214A01028*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a cross .

1 The reaction between iron and nickel(II) sulfate may be represented by the ionic
equation
Ni2+(aq) + Fe(s) Ni(s) + Fe2+(aq)

(a) This reaction is classified as a redox reaction because

(1)
A the nickel(II) ions are oxidized and iron acts as an oxidizing agent.
B the nickel(II) ions are oxidized and iron acts as a reducing agent.
C the nickel(II) ions are reduced and iron acts as a reducing agent.
D the nickel(II) ions are reduced and iron acts as an oxidizing agent.

(b) This reaction proceeds spontaneously, therefore

(1)
A Ecell and Stotal for this reaction must both be positive.
B Ecell and Stotal for this reaction must both be negative.
C Ecell for this reaction must be positive and Stotal negative.
D Ecell for this reaction must be negative and Stotal positive.
(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P41215A0224*
2 The diagram below shows an electrochemical cell.

V salt bridge

chromium strip silver strip

chromium(III) sulfate solution silver nitrate solution

(a) The salt bridge in this cell is best prepared by soaking filter paper in a
(1)
A 1 mol dm−3 solution of potassium bromide.
B 1 mol dm−3 solution of potassium chloride.
C saturated solution of potassium nitrate.
D saturated solution of potassium iodide.

(b) The relevant standard electrode potentials for this cell are shown below.
Cr3+(aq) + 3e− Cr(s) E = −0.74 V
Ag+(aq) + e− Ag(s) E = +0.80 V

The emf of the cell shown in the diagram is

(1)
A +1.54 V
B −1.54 V
C +0.06 V
D −0.06 V

(c) The mass of 1 mol of chromium(III) sulfate (Cr 2(SO4)3) is 392 g. Hence, for the

cell in the diagram to measure the standard electrode potential, 1 dm3 of the
chromium(III) sulfate solution used must contain
(1)
A 104 g of chromium(III) sulfate.
B 196 g of chromium(III) sulfate.
C 392 g of chromium(III) sulfate.
D 784 g of chromium(III) sulfate.
(Total for Question 2 = 3 marks)

*P41215A0324* 3
Turn over
3 Vanadium is classified as a transition metal. This is because vanadium
A is a d-block element.
B has incompletely filled d orbitals.
C forms stable ions with incompletely filled d orbitals.
D forms stable ions in which it has different oxidation states.
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Copper(II) sulfate solution is blue. This is because

A excited electrons emit light in the blue region of the spectrum as they drop
back to the ground state.
B excited electrons emit light in the red region of the spectrum as they drop
back to the ground state.
C electrons absorb light in the red region of the spectrum and the residual
frequencies are observed.
D electrons absorb light in the blue region of the spectrum and the residual
frequencies are observed.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 One method of manufacturing hydrazine (N2H4) involves the action of sodium

chlorate(I) on excess ammonia at 443 K and 50 atm. The yield is normally around 80%
but, if just 1 part per million of copper(II) ions is present, the yield drops to 30%.

The most likely explanation for this is the ability of copper(II) ions to
A form complex ions with ammonia.
B catalyse reactions producing other nitrogen compounds.
C reduce the hydrazine as it is formed.
D reduce the sodium chlorate(I).

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

4 *P41215A0424*
6 Platinum forms a complex with the formula Pt(NH3)2Cl2 and chromium forms a
complex ion with the formula CrCl 4−.

(a) Considering the shapes of these complexes,

(1)
A both complexes are square planar.
B both complexes are tetrahedral.

C Pt(NH3)2Cl2 is tetrahedral and CrCl4− is square planar.

D Pt(NH3)2Cl2 is square planar and CrCl4− is tetrahedral.
(b) Considering the structures of these complexes,
(1)
A both complexes form stereoisomers.
B neither complex forms a stereoisomer.

C Pt(NH3)2Cl2 forms a stereoisomer but CrCl4− does not.

D CrCl
4. forms a stereoisomer but Pt(NH3)2Cl2 does not.

(c) Considering the bonding between the central atom and the ligands in these
complexes,
(1)
A the bonding in both complexes is dative covalent.
B the bonding in both complexes is ionic.

C the bonding in Pt(NH 3)2Cl2 is dative covalent and in CrCl4− is ionic.

D the bonding in Pt(NH 3)2Cl2 is ionic and in CrCl4− is dative covalent.
(Total for Question 6 = 3 marks)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P41215A0524* 5
Turn over
7 When concentrated ammonia solution is added to a green solution of chromium(III)
sulfate, a green precipitate is formed which slowly dissolves in excess of the concentrated ammonia
solution.

The chromium-containing species formed in these reactions are

Green precipitateResulting solution

A Cr(OH) [Cr(OH)
3 6]3−

B Cr(OH) [Cr(NH
3 3)6]3+

C (NH4)2CrO4 [Cr(OH)
6]3−

D (NH4)2CrO4 [Cr(NH3)6]3+

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Bromine reacts much faster with phenylamine than with benzene. This is because

A NH bonds are weaker than CH bonds.

B nitrogen is very electronegative.
C the benzene ring has greater electron density in phenylamine than in
benzene.
D phenylamine reacts by addition whereas benzene reacts by substitution.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 X-ray diffraction provides evidence that benzene molecules have

A delocalized electrons.
B carbon−carbon bonds that are all the same length.
C lower thermodynamic stability than molecules of 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene.
D greater thermodynamic stability than molecules of 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

6 *P41215A0624*
10 Benzene is nitrated using a mixture of concentrated nitric and sulfuric acids. The
sulfuric acid
A acts as a solvent for the benzene and the nitric acid.
B protonates the benzene to speed up the reaction.
C protonates the nitric acid which acts as a base.
D reacts with the benzene to form a benzenesulfonic acid intermediate.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 The compound shown below is found in cocoa beans and in chocolate. Which of the
groups listed is not present in its structure?

O CH
H 3

N C N

C N N
O
CH
3

A Alkyl
B Amide
C Amine
D Ketone
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 The distinguishing characteristic of combinatorial chemistry is that it involves the

A simultaneous synthesis of many products.
B interaction of starting materials to form a unique product.
C use of catalysts.
D use of polymer supports.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

*P41215A0724* 7
Turn over
13 Phenylamine (aniline), C
6H5NH2, may be prepared from nitrobenzene, C6H5NO2.

(a) The reagent normally used for this reaction is

(1)
A lithium tetrahydridoaluminate(III) (lithium aluminium hydride) in ether.
B concentrated ammonia in ethanol.
C potassium dichromate(VI) in sulfuric acid.
D tin in concentrated hydrochloric acid.

(b) The phenylamine is separated from the reaction mixture by

(1)
A paper chromatography.
B steam distillation.
C filtration.
D recrystallization.

(c) One test for phenylamine is to convert it into a diazonium ion which is then
reacted with phenol to form an azo dye. The structure of this dye is
(1)

A NN OH

B NN NH2

H
C N OH

D N NH2

(Total for Question 13 = 3 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P41215A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The nucleus of a 23
11Na atom contains

A 11 protons and 12 neutrons.

B 11 protons and 12 electrons.
C 23 protons and 11 neutrons.
D 23 protons and 11 electrons.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 The mass spectrum for a sample of a metal is shown below.

relative
abundance

70

30

63 65
mass/charge ratio

The relative atomic mass of the metal is

A 63.2
B 63.4
C 63.6
D 64.0

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

2 *H34471A0228*
3 Some mean bond enthalpy values are given in the table below.

Bond Mean bond enthalpy / kJ mol–1

HH +436
II +151

HI +299 What is the enthalpy change for the reaction shown below in

kJ mol–1 ?

H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)

A+ 436 + 151 – 299 = +288
B –436 – 151 + 299 = –288
C +436 +151 – (2 299) = –11
D –436 – 151 + (2 299) = +11

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 A compound was analysed and found to contain

1.45 g carbon 0.482 g hydrogen 1.69 g nitrogen
[Relative atomic masses: C = 12; H = 1; N = 14]
The empirical formula of the compound is

A CH3N
B CH4N
C CH5N
D C
2H4N

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

*H34471A0328* 3
Turn over
5 17.1g of aluminium sulfate, Al
2(SO4) 3, was dissolved in water.

Calculate the number of sulfate ions, SO

42–, present in the solution formed.

Assume the molar mass of Al

6 1023 mol?1 .] 2(SO4) 3 is 342gmol–1 and the Avogadro Constant is

A 3 1021
B 1 1022
C 3 1022
D 9 1022

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Calculate the mass of calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)

0.100moldm–3 solution. 2, present in 100cm3 of a
[Assume the molar mass of Ca(OH)
2 is 74.0gmol?1.]

A 0.570 g
B 0.740 g
C 1.85 g
D 3.70 g

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *H34471A0428*
7 The first five successive ionization energies of an element, X, are shown in the table
below.

Ionization first second third fourth fifth

energy

Value 590 1100 4900 6500 8100

/ kJ mol?1

Which ion is X most likely to form when it reacts with chlorine?

A X+
B X2+
C X3+
D X4+

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of the following alkenes exhibits E-Z isomerism?

A H 3CCH=C(CH3) 2

B (CH 3)2C=CH 2

C H 2C=CHCH2CH 3

D H3CCH=CHCH3
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Which of the following covalent bonds is the shortest?

A HF
B HCl
C HBr
D HI
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

*H34471A0528* 5
Turn over
10 Which of the following substances, obtained from the fractional distillation of crude oil,
has the lowest boiling temperature?
A refinery gas
B kerosene
C diesel oil
D lubricating oil

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Sodium hydrogensulfate, NaHSO

4. reacts with sodium hydroxide, NaOH, as shown below.

NaHSO Na
4(aq) + NaOH(aq) 2SO4(aq) + H 2O(l)

0.0100mol of sodium hydrogensulfate is neutralized with dilute sodium hydroxide,

concentration 0.200moldm–3 .
Calculate the volume of sodium hydroxide required.
A 20.0 cm3
B 50.0 cm3
C 100 cm3
D 500 cm3

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of the following ions would undergo the greatest deflection in a

mass spectrometer?
A 35Cl2+
B 35Cl+
C 37Cl+
D 35Cl37 Cl+

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

6 *H34471A0628*
13 Which pair of atomic numbers represents elements which are both in the p-block of the
Periodic Table?
A 4, 8
B 6, 12
C 8, 16
D 10, 20

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 The electronic structure of an atom of an element in Group 6 of the Periodic Table could
be

A 1s2 2s2 2p2

B 1s2 2s2 2p4
C 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d6 4s2
D 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p6

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Which of the following formulae for compounds of germanium, Ge, is unlikely to be

correct, given the position of germanium in the Periodic Table?

A GeF
3

B GeS 2

C GeO2
D GeH 4

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*H34471A0728* 7
Turn over
16 The electronic configurations of the atoms of four different elements are given below.
For which element would you expect the value of the first ionization energy to be the
largest?

A 1s1
B 1s2
C 1s2 2s1
D 1s2 2s2

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 Which of the following gas samples occupies the greatest volume at the same
temperature and pressure?
[Relative atomic masses: H = 1; C = 12; O = 16; F = 19; Ne = 20]
A 1 gram of ethane
B 1 gram of oxygen
C 1 gram of fluorine
D 1 gram of neon

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 Which of the following has the smallest ionic radius?

A F–
B Na+
C Mg2+
D O2–

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

8 *H34471A0828*
19 Which of the following does not have exactly 10 electrons?
A An ion of fluorine, F–
B A molecule of methane, CH
4

C A molecule of nitrogen, N
2

D An ion of sodium, Na+

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 Which of the following statements correctly describes an environmental problem caused

by the burning of hydrocarbon fuels?
A The carbon dioxide is toxic and kills plants.
B The smoke produced reflects sunlight and leads to global warming.
C The water produced results in a damaging increase in rainfall.
D The carbon dioxide produced absorbs heat radiated from the Earth and leads to
global warming.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS Use this space for any rough working. Anything

you write in this space will gain no credit.

*H34471A0928* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 What is the oxidation number of chlorine in the ClO

3. ion?

A –1
B +4
C +5
D +6

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of these reactions is not a redox reaction?

A Mg(NO 3)2(s) MgO(s) + 2NO 2(g) + ½O2(g)

B HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) NaCl(aq) + H

2O(l)

C Fe(s) + CuSO 4(aq) FeSO4(aq) + Cu(s)

D Cl 2Cl– (aq) + Br
2(aq) + 2Br–(aq) 2(aq)

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

2 *h34472A0224*
3 Which of these carbon structures is represented by the diagram below?

A Graphite
B Diamond
C A fullerene
D A carbon nanotube

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 What colour precipitate would you expect to see if 1-bromopropane was heated with a
solution of silver nitrate?
A Orange
B White
C Yellow
D Cream

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of these bond angles is the smallest?

A HNH in NH 3

B HCH in CH 4

C HOH in H 2O

D OCO in CO 2

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*h34472A0324* 3
Turn over
6 Which statement best describes the shape and bond angles in the molecule SF
6?

A Octahedral, 90° and 180°

B Trigonal bipyramidal, 90° and 180°
C Octahedral, 90° and 120°
D Trigonal bipyramidal, 90° and 120°

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following values for the mass/charge ratio for singly charged ions would
be present in the mass spectrum of propanal, CH
CH3COCH3? 3CH2CHO, but not of propanone,

A 15
B 29
C 43
D 58

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *h34472A0424*
8 The infrared spectrum below is most likely to be that of a member of which homologous
series?
100

Transmittance
/%

50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
Wavenumber/cm–1

CCl stretching vibrations 600 – 800 cm–1

OH stretching vibrations 2500 – 3300 cm–1

CO stretching vibrations 1680 – 1740 cm–1

A Alcohol
B Chloroalkane
C Aldehyde
D Carboxylic acid

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*h34472A0524* 5
Turn over
9 In the reaction profile below, which energy change would alter if a catalyst was added to
the reaction?

B
Energy
Reactants

AC
Products

Reaction co-ordinate

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *h34472A0624*
10 In the equilibrium below, what effect would the changes described have on the system?

2H2S(g) + SO2(g) 3S(s) + 2H2O(g) H is negative

(a) Increase in temperature
(1)
A increase rate, decrease yield
B increase rate, increase yield
C decrease rate, decrease yield
D decrease rate, increase yield

(b) Decrease in pressure

(1)
A increase rate, decrease yield
B increase rate, increase yield
C decrease rate, decrease yield
D decrease rate, increase yield

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you

write in this space will gain no credit.

*h34472A0724* 7
Turn over
11 What is the correct systematic name for the alcohol shown below?

OH

A hexan-4-ol
B hexan-2-ol
C pentan-4-ol
D pentan-2-ol

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of these compounds is a secondary halogenoalkane?

A CH 3CH(OH)CH3

B CH 3CCl(CH3)CH 3

C CH 3CHClCH3

D CH 3CH2CH 2Cl

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 The bonding in gaseous hydrogen halides is best described as

A mainly covalent with an increasing tendency towards ionic as you go down the
group.
B mainly covalent with an increasing tendency towards ionic as you go up the
group.
C mainly ionic with an increasing tendency towards covalent as you go down the
group.
D mainly ionic with an increasing tendency towards covalent as you go up the
group.

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

8 *h34472A0824*
14 What would be the colour of the solution when iodine is dissolved in a hydrocarbon
solvent?
A Grey
B Brown
C Yellow
D Purple

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Starch is often used as an indicator in titrations between sodium thiosulfate and iodine
solutions. What colour change would you see at the end-point as sodium thiosulfate is
added to iodine solution in the presence of starch?
A Yellow to colourless
B Colourless to yellow
C Blue-black to colourless
D Colourless to blue-black

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 An electric field can affect the direction of a stream of some liquids. Which of these
liquids would be affected by an electric field?

A 1-chloropropane
B Pentane
C Tetrachloromethane
D Cyclopentane

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*h34472A0924* 9
Turn over
17 Which of these isomers has the highest boiling temperature?

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 Which of the following statements is true?

A Calcium hydroxide is more soluble in water than magnesium hydroxide.
B Chlorine is more electronegative than fluorine.
C Iodine is a stronger oxidizing agent than bromine.
D The first ionization energy of barium is greater than that of strontium.

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 Iodine can react with sodium hydroxide solution to form NaIO

equation below. 3(aq), according to the

3I 5NaI(aq) + NaIO
2(aq) + 6NaOH(aq) 3(aq) + 3H2O(l)

Which of the statements about the reaction is false ?

A The oxidation number of some iodine atoms goes up.
B At high temperatures NaIO(aq) also forms.
C Sodium ions are spectator ions.
D The oxidation number of some iodine atoms goes down.

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

10 *h34472A01024*
 BLANK PAGE

2 *N35691A0228*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The equations below show some reactions of magnesium and its compounds.

A 2Mg(s) + O 2(g) 2MgO(s)

B Mg(NO 3)2(s) MgO(s) + 2NO 2(g) + O2(g)

C MgO(s) + 2HCl(aq) MgCl

2(aq) + H2O(1)

D Mg(s) + CuSO 4(aq) MgSO4(aq) + Cu(s)

(a) Which equation is not balanced?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which equation can be classified as a displacement reaction?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks)

2 Which of these equations represents the electron affinity of chlorine?

A Cl 2Cl (g)
2(g) + 2e

B Cl 2e 2Cl (g)
2(g)

C ½Cl Cl (g)
2(g) + e

D Cl(g) + e Cl (g)

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

*N35691A0328* 3
Turn over
3 Which of these equations represents the second ionization of magnesium?
A Mg+ (g) Mg2+ (g) + e
B Mg(g) Mg2+ (g) + 2e
C Mg+ (g) + e Mg2+ (g)
D Mg(g) + 2e Mg2+ (g)

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The sketch graph below shows the trend in first ionization energies for some elements in
Periods two and three.

2500
C
2000

Ionization energy / 1500 B

kJ mol–1

1000 A

500 D
0

Atomic number

Select, from the elements A to D, the one that

(a) has atoms with five p electrons.
(1)
A
B
C
D

4 *N35691A0428*
 (b) is a member of Group 3.
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) is likely to be very unreactive.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) normally forms four covalent bonds per atom.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 4 = 4 marks)

5 Which of these ions has the greatest ability to polarize an anion?

A Ba2+
B Ca2+
C Cs+
D K+

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*N35691A0528* 5
Turn over
6 Which of these electron density maps best represents the bonding in the compound
lithium iodide, LiI?
–
A +

B +

C +

D +

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of these statements is incorrect?

A The atomic radius of metals increases down a Group.
B The trend in the melting temperature of successive elements across Period 2 is
similar to that in Period 3.
C A metallic structure is held together by attractions between metal atoms and
delocalized electrons.
D Na+ and O2 ions are isoelectronic.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 A sample of gas was prepared for use in helium-neon lasers. It contained 4 g of helium
and 4 g of neon. What is the ratio of helium atoms to neon atoms in the sample?
A 1:1
B 2.5 : 1
C 1:5
D 5:1

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

6 *N35691A0628*
9 The overall equation for the reaction between sulfur and oxygen to form sulfur trioxide is
shown below.
2S(s) + 3O 2(g) 2SO3(g)
0.9 mol of O
2(g) reacted completely with excess sulfur. What volume, in dm3, of
sulfur trioxide would form?
[Assume the molar gas volume = 24 dm3 mol1 ]
A (0.9 × 3/2) × 24
B (0.9 × 3/2) ÷ 24
C (0.9 × 2/3) × 24
D (0.9 × 2/3) ÷ 24

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 Which of these solutions does not contain the same total number of ions as the others?
A 10.00 cm3 of 0.100 mol dm3 NaCl(aq)
B 20.00 cm3 of 0.050 mol dm3 NaCl(aq)

C 20.00 cm3 of 0.050 mol dm3 MgCl2(aq)

D 13.33 cm3 of 0.050 mol dm3 MgCl2(aq)
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*N35691A0728* 7
Turn over
11 Which of these diagrams correctly represents an endothermic reaction?
A B

Reactants Reactants
Enthalpy Enthalpy

H –ve H +ve

Products Products

C D

ProductsProducts
Enthalpy Enthalpy

H –ve H +ve

ReactantsReactants

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of these statements about carbon-carbon double bonds is false?

A The two ends of a molecule cannot rotate relative to each other, about the axis
of the double bond.
B They are twice as strong as a carbon-carbon single bond.
C They have a higher electron density than a single bond.
D They consist of a sigma bond and a pi bond.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

8 *N35691A0828*
13 What is the correct name for the compound below?
Br Br

A E-2,3-dibromopent-2-ene
B E-2,3-dibromopent-3-ene
C Z-2,3-dibromopent-3-ene
D Z-2,3-dibromopent-2-ene

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N35691A0928* 9
Turn over
14 The equations below show some of the processes that occur when methane and chlorine
react.
A Cl 2(g) 2Cl•(g)
B Cl•(g) + CH 4(g) CH3•(g) + HCl(g)
C CH 3•(g) + CH3•(g) C2H6(g)
D Cl2(g) + CH4(g) CH3Cl(g) + HCl(g)

(a) Which equation shows a propagation step?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which equation shows an initiation step?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which equation shows a termination step?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 14 = 3 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

10 *N35691A01028*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 This question is about bond angles.

A 90
B 104
C 107
D 109.5
Select, from A to D above, the most likely value for the bond angle of

(a) HCH in methane, CH 4.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) FSF in sulfur hexafluoride, SF 6. (1)

A
B
C
D

(c) FOF in oxygen difluoride, OF

2.
(1) A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 *N36390A0224*
2 Consider the following compounds, P, Q, R and S.

CH3

CH3CH2CH 2CH 3 H3C CCH 3

Compound P Compound Q
CH3

CH3CH2CH 2CH 2Br H3C C Br

CH3

Compound R Compound S

The boiling temperatures of compounds P, Q, R and S increase in the order

APQRS
B RSPQ
C QSPR
D QPSR

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36390A0324* 3
Turn over
3 Buckminsterfullerene has the formula C60. Its structure is shown below.

The bonding in buckminsterfullerene is similar to the bonding in graphite.

Which of the following is true?
A All the bond angles in buckminsterfullerene are 120 .
B The melting temperature of buckminsterfullerene is higher than that of graphite.
C There are delocalized electrons in buckminsterfullerene.
D On complete combustion, buckminsterfullerene forms carbon dioxide and water.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 When concentrated sulfuric acid is added to solid sodium bromide, bromine is produced.
When concentrated sulfuric acid is added to solid sodium chloride, no chlorine is
produced.
The reason for this difference is
A sulfuric acid is a strong acid.
B hydrogen chloride is a weak acid.
C the chloride ion is a weaker reducing agent than the bromide ion.
D bromine is less volatile than chlorine.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N36390A0424*
5 Compound X is a white solid. On heating this compound, a colourless, acidic gas is the
only gaseous product. A flame test is carried out on the solid residue and a reddish flame is
observed.

Compound X is

A calcium nitrate.
B calcium carbonate.
C magnesium carbonate.
D strontium nitrate.

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following does not apply to the elements Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba in Group 2 of
the Periodic Table?
A Their oxides, MO, are all basic.
B Their metal hydroxides, M(OH)
2. become more soluble down the group.

C Their oxides, MO, react with water to form the metal hydroxide, M(OH)
2.

D Their carbonates, MCO

3. all decompose on gentle heating.

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following compounds shows hydrogen bonding in the liquid state?
A Hydrogen bromide, HBr
B Hydrogen sulfide, H
2S

C Silane, SiH
4

D Ammonia, NH
3

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36390A0524* 5
Turn over
8 For the reversible reaction
X Y
which of the following could represent the change in the concentrations of X and Y with
time, starting with a mixture of both X and Y? Equilibrium is reached at time t eqm.

AX B X

Concentration Y Concentration Y

t t
eqm eqm

Time Time

CX D X

Concentration Y Concentration Y

t t
eqm eqm

Time Time

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Which of the following molecules is polar?
A Carbon dioxide, CO
2

B Beryllium chloride, BeCl

2

C Ammonia, NH
3

D Boron trifluoride, BF
3

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *N36390A0624*
10 The electronegativities of four pairs of elements are given below. Which pair would
form the compound with the greatest ionic character?
A 0.7 and 4.0
B 0.7 and 3.5
C 1.0 and 4.0
D 0.8 and 2.8

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following statements about the elements in Group 7 is incorrect?

A They all show variable oxidation states in their compounds.
B They all form acidic hydrides.
C Electronegativity decreases as the group is descended.
D They all exist as diatomic molecules.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 What are the products, other than water, when chlorine is passed through cold, dilute
aqueous sodium hydroxide solution?
A NaCl and NaClO
B NaClO and NaClO
3

C NaCl and NaClO

3

D NaClO and NaClO

4

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36390A0724* 7
Turn over
13 When solutions of iodine are titrated with aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution, Na 2S2O 3(aq),
the thiosulfate ions are oxidized to
A S2O42–
B S2O62–
C S2O82–
D S4O62–
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 The best method of converting ethanol, C

2H5OH, into iodoethane, C 2H 5I, is to

A heat iodine and ethanol under reflux.

B react ethanol and potassium iodide in the presence of dilute acid.
C heat potassium iodide and ethanol with concentrated sulfuric acid.
D heat red phosphorus, ethanol and iodine under reflux.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 The use of poly(ethene) packaging has been criticised mainly because
A the complete combustion of poly(ethene) produces dangerous fumes.
B large amounts of oil are consumed in producing the monomer, ethene.
C poly(ethene) degrades to form toxic products.
D the catalyst used in the polymerization of ethene is expensive.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Which of the following is essential if a species is to act as a nucleophile?
A A lone pair of electrons.
B A negative charge.
C An unpaired electron.
D A strongly polar bond.

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

8 *N36390A0824*
17 Calculate the volume of dilute sulfuric acid, concentration 0.500 mol dm–3 , required to
neutralize 20.0 cm3 aqueous sodium hydroxide, concentration 0.100 mol dm–3 .
H2SO4 + 2NaOH Na2SO4 + 2H 2O

A 2.0 cm3
B 4.0 cm3
C 8.0 cm3
D 20.0 cm3

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 Which of the following features is shown by the mass spectra of propanone and
propanal?

O O

CH3CCH3 CH3CH2C H
propanone propanal

m/e of the molecular ion Fragmentation pattern

A same same
B same different
C different same
D different different

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*N36390A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Propanone reacts with iodine in acidic solution as shown in the equation below.

CH3COCH3(aq) + I 2(aq) CH3COCH2I(aq) + H+(aq) + I–(aq)

The rate equation for the reaction is

Rate = k[CH3COCH3(aq)][H+(aq)]

(a) The most appropriate technique to investigate the rate of this reaction is
(1)
A titrating samples of reaction mixture with acid.
B measurement of optical activity.
C measurement of the volume of gas given off.
D colorimetry.

(b) Which statement about the reaction is not correct?

(1)
A The overall order of reaction is second order.
B The units of the rate constant are dm3 mol–1 s–1 .
C The rate constant increases with temperature.
D The rate increases four times when the concentration of propanone and iodine
are both doubled .

2 *N36506A0224*
 (c) The reaction is carried out using a large excess of both propanone and acid.
Which of the graphs below shows the change of iodine concentration with time?
(1)
A B
[I [I
2. 2]

time time

C D
[I [I
2. 2]

time time

(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 Which of the following is true for the exothermic reaction shown below?
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) MgCl
2(aq) + H2(g)

A H positive

B Ssurroundings positive

C S
system negative

D Stotal negative

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36506A0324* 3
Turn over
3 In which reaction is water acting as a Brønsted-Lowry acid?
A H2O + HCl H3O+ + Cl–
B H2O + SO3 H2SO4
C H2O + NH3 NH4+ + OH–
D H2O + CO2 H2CO3
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Which of the following compounds has both optical and E-Z isomers?

A CH3CH=CHCH2CH 3
B CH3CHClCH=C(CH3) 2
C CH3CCl=CClCH3
D CH3CHBrCH=CHCl
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following reacts with hydrogen cyanide, HCN, to make a racemic mixture?
A Methanal, HCHO
B Ethanal, CH
3CHO

C Propanone, CH 3COCH3

D Pentan-3-one, C
2H5COC 2H 5
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following is a redox reaction?

A Ethanal reacting with Tollens’ reagent.
B Ethanoyl chloride reacting with ammonia.
C Ethanoic acid reacting with ethanol.
D Ethanoic acid reacting with sodium hydroxide.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

4 *N36506A0424*
7 The following methods can be used to distinguish between pairs of organic compounds
without further tests.
A Warm each compound with Fehling’s or Benedict’s solution.
B Add solid sodium carbonate to each compound.
C Add 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (Brady’s reagent) to each compound.
D Add water, drop by drop, to each compound.

(a) Which test would distinguish propanone from propan-1-ol?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which test would distinguish between aqueous solutions of ethanoic acid and ethanol?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which test would distinguish ethanoyl chloride from ethanol?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 7 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36506A0524* 5
Turn over
4 When propanone reacts with iodine in the presence of sodium hydroxide, the crystalline
solid product has the formula
A CH3I
B CHI 3

C CH3COCH2I
D CH3COCI3
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 When the following reaction mixtures are warmed, which will contain ethanoic acid as
one of the products?
A Ethyl methanoate and sodium hydroxide solution.
B Ethyl methanoate and dilute sulfuric acid.
C Methyl ethanoate and sodium hydroxide solution.
D Methyl ethanoate and dilute sulfuric acid.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The spectra of the compounds with the formulae CH3CH(OH)CH3 and CH 3CH 2CH 2OH
can be distinguished by
A the value of m/e of the molecular ion in the mass spectrum.
B the presence of a fragment with m/e =15 in the mass spectrum.
C the presence of an absorption peak due to O–H in the infrared spectrum.
D the number of peaks in the nmr spectrum.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following has two singlet peaks in its nmr spectrum?
A Methanal, HCHO
B Methanol, CH
3OH

C Chloromethane, CH
3Cl

D Dichloromethane, CH
2Cl2
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *N36506A0624*
 CH3
12 The nmr spectrum of 2,2-dimethylpropane, H 3C—C—CH3, contains

CH3
A one singlet peak.
B four singlet peaks.
C one quartet peak.
D four quartet peaks.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following solutions has the lowest pH?

A 0.010moldm–3 hydrochloric acid.
B 0.100moldm–3 hydrochloric acid.
C 0.010moldm–3 ethanoic acid.
D 0.100moldm–3 ethanoic acid.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following solutions, when mixed, would make a buffer with pH
more than 7?
A Methanoic acid and sodium methanoate.
B Sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride.
C Ammonia and ammonium chloride.
D Ammonium chloride and ammonium ethanoate.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*N36506A0724* 7
Turn over
15 This question is about the equilibrium reaction
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) H = –92kJmol–1
Which statement is not correct?
A The units of Kp are atm–2.
B Kp increases as temperature is decreased.
C Kp increases when the pressure increases.
D Kp increases when the total entropy change, Stotal, increases.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 1,2-dichloroethane decomposes in the presence of a catalyst.

CH2ClCH2Cl(g) CH2=CHCl(g) + HCl(g) H = + 51kJmol–1

Which of the following would result in an increase in the equilibrium yield of
chloroethene?
A Increasing the temperature.
B Increasing the pressure.
C Increasing the surface area of the catalyst.
D Changing the catalyst to a more efficient one.
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *N36506A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer
with a cross .
1 In the reaction of manganate(VII) ions with reducing agents in strongly acidic solution,
the half-reaction for the reduction is
A MnO 4– + 4H+ + 3e– MnO2 + 2H2O
B MnO 4– + 4H+ + 5e– Mn2+ + 2H 2O

C MnO 4– + 8H+ + 3e– Mn2+ + 4H 2O

D MnO 4– + 8H+ + 5e– Mn2+ + 4H 2O

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 In the titration of iodine with standard sodium thiosulfate solution, starch is often used
as an indicator. The starch should not be added until nearly all the iodine has reacted
because
A it is decomposed by high concentrations of iodine.
B the blue complex formed is bleached by high concentrations of iodine.
C the blue complex formed with high concentrations of iodine is insoluble and
does not re-dissolve as more thiosulfate is added.
D the starch reacts with the thiosulfate ions being added.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The conditions needed for the E value of the standard hydrogen electrode to be exactly
0 V are
A 1 mol dm–3 solution of hydrogen ions, 1 atm pressure of hydrogen, 25 C.
B 1 mol dm–3 solution of hydrogen ions, 1 atm pressure of hydrogen, room
temperature.
C 1 mol dm–3 solution of hydrogen ions, laboratory pressure of hydrogen, 25 C.
D 0.1 mol dm–3 solution of hydrogen ions, 1 atm pressure of hydrogen, 25 C.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *N36507A0228*
4 The electrode potential for a cell can be used to calculate the equilibrium constant for
the cell reaction. This is because

AE cell is proportional to lnK.

BE cell is proportional to K.

C ln E cell is proportional to lnK.

D ln E cell is proportional to K.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following successive ionization energies (values in kJ mol–1 ) could have
come from a transition element?
A 496 4563 6913 9544 13352 16611 20115 25941
B 590 1145 4912 6474 8144 10496 12320 14207
C 717 1509 3249 4940 6985 9200 11508 18956
D 2081 3952 6122 9370 12177 15239 19999 23069

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Although platinum is very unreactive, it is used as a catalyst in catalytic converters in
motor cars. Which of the following is true?
A It converts nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide to nitrogen and carbon dioxide
by adsorbing the reactants on its surface so weakening their bonds.
B It converts nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide to nitrogen and carbon dioxide
by being able to change its oxidation state.
C It oxidizes unburnt fuel to carbon monoxide.
D It oxidizes unburnt fuel to carbon dioxide.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following gives the electronic configuration for chromium and for the Cr3+

ion? Cr Cr3+
A [Ar]3d4 4s2 [Ar]3d3 4s0
B [Ar]3d5 4s1 [Ar]3d2 4s1
C [Ar]3d5 4s1 [Ar]3d3 4s0
D [Ar]3d4 4s2 [Ar]3d1 4s2

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

*N36507A0328* 3
Turn over
8 Which of the following gives the colours of solutions containing Cr2O72–, CrO 42–,
hydrated Cr3+ and hydrated Cr2+ , in this order?
A Yellow, orange, green, blue
B Orange, yellow, green, blue
C Orange, yellow, blue, green
D Orange, green, yellow, blue

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 When dichromate(VI) ions, Cr2O72–, react with iron(II) ions in acidic solution, the
products are chromium(III) ions and iron(III) ions. In what ratio do the dichromate(VI)
ions and the iron(II) ions react?
A 1:6
B 1:5
C 2:5
D 1:3

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The compound [Pt(NH 3)2Cl 2] is

A tetrahedral with no isomers.

B square planar with no isomers.
C tetrahedral with two isomers.
D square planar with two isomers.

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 The hexaaquacopper(II) ion, [Cu(H
2O)6]2+, is blue because the water ligands

A split the p-orbital energies and p-p electron transitions emit blue light.
B split the d-orbital energies and d-d electron transitions absorb all but blue light.
C split the p-orbital energies and p-p electron transitions absorb all but blue light.
D split the d-orbital energies and d-d electron transitions emit blue light.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

4 *N36507A0428*
12 If phenol and benzene are tested separately with bromine water, you would expect to see
that

A benzene and phenol would both decolorize bromine water.

B benzene would decolorize bromine water, but phenol would not do so.
C neither benzene nor phenol would decolorize bromine water.
D benzene would not decolorize bromine water, but phenol would do so.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 An organic compound X is much more soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid than in water.
Compound X forms a coloured complex with aqueous copper(II) ions.
Compound X could be

AC
6H5COOH

BC
6H5NO 2

CC
6H5NH 2

DC
6H5OH

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following shows the generation of the electrophile in the reaction of
benzene with ethanoyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride?

A CH 3COCl + AlCl3 [CH3CO]+ + AlCl4–

B CH 3COCl + AlCl3 [CH3CO]– + AlCl4+

C CH 3CH2Cl + AlCl 3 [CH3CH2]+ + AlCl 4–

D CH 3COOCl + AlCl3 [CH3COO]– + AlCl4+

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*N36507A0528* 5
Turn over
15 Which of the following reagents and conditions would enable phenylamine to be
converted to the yellow dye 4-hydroxyazobenzene in a good yield?

NN

OH

A Sodium nitrite, NaNO C and 10 C; followed

2. in concentrated HCl, between 0
by an alkaline solution of phenol.
B Sodium nitrite, NaNO 2, in concentrated HCl, between 0 C and 10 C; followed
by an acidic solution of phenol.
C Sodium nitrate, NaNO C and 10 C; followed
3. in concentrated HCl, between 0
by an alkaline solution of phenol.
D Sodium nitrite, NaNO 2, in concentrated HCl, room temperature; followed by an
alkaline solution of phenol.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 1-butylamine, CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2NH 2, reacts with ethanoyl chloride to form

A CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2NH 3+Cl–

B CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2NHCOCH 3

C CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2NHCH 2CH 3

D CH 3CH2CH 2CH(COCH 3)NH 2

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *N36507A0628*
17 The addition polymer poly(ethenol) is water-soluble. The repeating unit of poly(ethenol)
is

A OH H (
( CC

HOH

B HH (
( CC

HOH

C HOH (
( CC

HOH

D OH OH (
( CC

OH OH

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*N36507A0728* 7
Turn over
18 A white organic compound, X, is optically active and reacts with ninhydrin to give a
coloured product. The structural formula of X could be

A CH3

CH
HOOC CH3

B CH3

C NH2
HOOC CH3

C CH3

C NH2
HOOC H

D H

C NH2
HOOC H

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

8 *N36507A0828*
19 Glycine, H 2NCH2COOH, is a solid that has a melting temperature of about 250 C, and
it is very soluble in water. This is because of the

A formation of intermolecular hydrogen bonds in the solid and hydrogen bonds

with water.
B formation of H
3N+CH2COO– ions which interact strongly with each other in the
solid and with water.
C dissociation of the molecule to form H
the solution. 2NCH2COO– and H+ ions in the solid and
D protonation of the molecule to form H
the solution. 3N+CH2COOH ions in both the solid and
(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 Organic solids are often purified by recrystallization. This technique works on the basis
that
A the impurities must be insoluble in the solvent used.
B the impurities must react with the solvent used.
C the impurities crystallize first when the hot solution is cooled.
D the cooled solution is saturated with the desired material but not with the
impurities.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*N36507A0928* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 In the following outline of the Periodic Table, the letters A to D are not the symbols of
the elements.

D
A C
B

Select from A to D the element which

(a) is a non-metal with a high melting temperature and boiling temperature.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) is in the d block of the Periodic Table.

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) has a very stable electronic structure.

(1)
A
B
C
D

2 *P38433A0224*
 (d) is a metal with a high melting temperature and boiling temperature.
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 4 marks)

2 The elements in Group 1 of the Periodic Table have very similar chemical properties.
This is because
A they have the same number of outer electrons.
B they have the same number of filled shells of electrons.
C their outer electrons are in the s sub-shell.
D their outer electrons have very similar shielding.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The European Union has set a limit (with effect from January 2010) of 3.13 ppm for
the proportion of the toxic gas carbon monoxide in the air that we breathe. This is
equivalent to
A 3.13%
B 0.0313%
C 0.000313%
D 0.00000313%

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 For drivers in the UK, the legal limit of the concentration of ethanol (molar mass 46 g
mol–1 )in the blood is 80 mg per 100 cm3 . This is equivalent to a concentration of
A 17.4 mol dm–3
B 1.74 mol dm–3
C 0.0174 mol dm–3
D 0.00174 mol dm–3

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

*P38433A0324* 3
Turn over
5 An important reaction which occurs in the catalytic converter of a car is
2CO(g) + 2NO(g) 2CO 2(g) + N2(g)

In this reaction, when 500 cm3 of CO reacts with 500 cm3 of NO at 650 °C (the
operating temperature of the catalyst) and at 1 atm, the total volume of gases produced
at the same temperature and pressure is
A 500 cm3
B 750 cm3
C 1000 cm3
D impossible to calculate without knowing the molar volume of gases under these
conditions.

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 When a solution of barium chloride is added to sulfuric acid, a white precipitate is

formed. The ionic equation (including state symbols) for this reaction is
A H+(aq) + Cl– (aq) HCl(s)
B Ba+ (aq) + SO 4–(aq) BaSO4(s)
C Ba2+ (aq) + 2SO 4–(aq) Ba(SO4)2(s)
D Ba2+ (aq) + SO 42–(aq) BaSO4(s)
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 The enthalpy change for the reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide is
–56 kJ mol–1 . Therefore
A the reaction is exothermic and the temperature rises.
B the reaction is exothermic and the temperature falls.
C the reaction is endothermic and the temperature rises.
D the reaction is endothermic and the temperature falls.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

4 *P38433A0424*
8 The standard enthalpy changes of formation of some sulfur species are:

Species Hf /kJ mol–1

S8(s) 0
S8(g) +103
S(g) +279

The enthalpy of atomization of sulfur is (in kJ mol–1 )

A 103 ÷ 8
B 279 ÷ 8
C 279
D (103 ÷ 8) + 279

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 For which of the following reactions is the enthalpy change equal to the bond enthalpy of
H–I?
A HI(g) ½H 2(g) + ½I2(s)

B HI(g) ½H 2(g) + ½I2(g)

C HI(g) H(g) + I(g)

D HI(g) H+ (g) + I– (g)

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P38433A0524* 5
Turn over
10 The equation for the complete combustion of pentane is
C5H12(g) + 8O 2(g) 5CO2(g) + 6H2O(l) Hc = –3509 kJ mol–1
The standard enthalpy change of formation of CO 2(g) is –394 kJ mol–1 and that of
H2O(l) is –286 kJ mol–1.
The standard enthalpy change of formation of pentane (in kJ mol–1 ) is
A 5(–394) + 6(–286) + (–3509)
B 5(–394) + 6(–286) – (–3509)
C –5(–394) – 6(–286) + (–3509)
D –5(–394) – 6(–286) – (–3509)

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 All alkenes have

A the same empirical formula and the same general formula.
B the same molecular formula and the same general formula.
C the same molecular formula and the same empirical formula.
D the same empirical formula and the same structural formula.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Covalent bonding results from the strong electrostatic attractions between

A instantaneous dipoles.
B electron clouds.
C electrons in the bonding pair.
D bonding pairs of electrons and nuclei.

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

6 *P38433A0624*
13 This question concerns the reaction of hydrogen bromide with propene.

(a) This reaction requires

(1)
A normal laboratory conditions.
B the presence of UV light.
C the presence of a suitable catalyst.
D heating under reflux.

(b) The reaction is best described as

(1)
A nucleophilic substitution.
B electrophilic substitution.
C nucleophilic addition.
D electrophilic addition.

(c) The major product of the reaction will be

(1)
A 1-bromopropane
B 2-bromopropane
C 1,2-dibromopropane
D 2-bromopropene

(Total for Question 13 = 3 marks)

14 Many organic compounds have toxic vapours. For this reason

A a naked flame should never be used when carrying out experiments with organic
compounds.
B gloves should usually be worn when carrying out experiments with organic
compounds.
C a fume cupboard should be used wherever possible when carrying out
experiments with organic compounds.
D most experiments with organic compounds are banned in schools and colleges.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

*P38433A0724* 7
Turn over
15 Ethanol (molar mass 46 g mol–1 ) is manufactured by the hydration of ethene
(molar mass 28 g mol–1 ):
C2H4 + H 2O C2H5OH
In a typical process 28 tonnes of ethene produces 43.7 tonnes of ethanol. The
percentage yield of ethanol in this process is
A 64%
B 95%
C 100%
D 156%

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P38433A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The correct balanced equation for the reaction between heated magnesium and steam,
including state symbols, is

A Mg(s) + H 2O(l) MgO(s) + H 2(g)

B Mg(s) + 2H2O(g) Mg(OH)2(aq) + H2(g)

C Mg(s) + H 2O(g) MgO(s) + H 2(g)

D Mg(s) + 2H2O(l) Mg(OH)2(aq) + H2(g)

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 This question concerns the trends in properties on descending Group 2 of the Periodic
Table.
(a) What are the trends in solubility of sulfates and hydroxides down Group 2?
(1)
A Sulfates increase, hydroxides decrease.
B Sulfates decrease, hydroxides increase.
C Sulfates increase, hydroxides increase.
D Sulfates decrease, hydroxides decrease.

(b) What are the trends in thermal stability of carbonates and nitrates down Group 2?
(1)
A Carbonates increase, nitrates decrease.
B Carbonates decrease, nitrates increase.
C Carbonates increase, nitrates increase.
D Carbonates decrease, nitrates decrease.

(c) What are the trends in first ionization energy and electronegativity of the elements
down Group 2?
(1)
A Ionization energy increases, electronegativity decreases.
B Ionization energy decreases, electronegativity increases.
C Ionization energy increases, electronegativity increases.
D Ionization energy decreases, electronegativity decreases.

(Total for Question 2 = 3 marks)

2 *P38479A0220*
3 Which silver halide is a cream coloured solid which darkens in sunlight and dissolves in
concentrated ammonia solution?
A AgF
B AgCl
C AgBr
D AgI

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 What is the FBF bond angle in boron trifluoride, BF

3?

A 180°
B 120°
C 109.5°
D 90°

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 What is the total number of electrons in the covalent bonds in a beryllium chloride
molecule, BeCl
2?

A 2
B 4
C 6
D 8

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following molecules is linear?

A CO
2

B C
2H4

C H
2O

D NH
3

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P38479A0320* 3
Turn over
7 Which of the following molecules is non-polar?

A CH3Cl
B CH2Cl2
C CHCl3
D CCl4
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Methanol dissolves in water mainly due to the formation of new

A hydrogen bonds.
B dipole-dipole forces.
C London forces.
D covalent bonds.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Which of the following molecules does not absorb infrared radiation?

A N2
B NO2
C CO

D CO2
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 There would be a major peak in the mass spectrum for butan-1-ol, CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2OH,
but not for butan-2-ol, CH 3CH2CH(OH)CH 3, at m/e value

A 15
B 17
C 29
D 43

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *P38479A0420*
11 How many molecular ion peaks (parent ion peaks) occur in the mass spectrum of
1,2-dibromoethane, CH2BrCH2Br?
Assume the only isotopes present are 1 H,12 C,79 Br and 81 Br.
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 The following reactions have been used in the chemical industry to make liquid and
solid products, allowing any gaseous products to escape into the atmosphere:
A CH + CO(g) CH
3OH(g) 3COOH(l)

B CaCO CaO(s) + CO
3(s) 2(g)

C CH + 3Cl CHCl
4(g) 2(g) 3(l) + 3HCl(g)

D CH2CH2(g)+ Cl 2(g) CH2ClCH2Cl(l)

(a) Which reaction has an atom economy by mass of 56%?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which reaction causes the most immediate damage to the environment?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which reaction is an electrophilic addition?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 12 = 3 marks)

*P38479A0520* 5
Turn over
13 Propan-1-ol and propan-2-ol are separately oxidized under mild conditions by acidified
sodium dichromate(VI) and the product immediately distilled off. What is the oxidation
product in each case?

Propan-1-ol Propan-2-ol
A propanal propanone
B propanoic acid propanone
C propanal propanoic acid
D propanone propanal

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Unsaturated vegetable oils are hardened to make margarine by reaction with hydrogen
and a nickel catalyst. Which terms could both be used to describe this type of reaction?
A Substitution and oxidation
B Substitution and reduction
C Addition and oxidation
D Addition and reduction

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 When iodomethane, CH3I, is heated in a sealed tube with an excess of alcoholic

ammonia, which of the following cannot be formed?

A Methylamine, CH3NH2
B Ethylamine, CH3CH2NH 2
C Dimethylamine, (CH 3)2NH

D Ammonium iodide, NH 4I

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *P38479A0620*
16 The enthalpy change of neutralization of an acid by an alkali is measured by adding
10.0 cm3 of hydrochloric acid to 10.0 cm3 of sodium hydroxide. 10.0 cm3 pipettes
with an accuracy of ±0.04 cm3 are used to measure out both solutions.

The overall percentage error in measuring the total volume of the reaction mixture is

A ±0.04%
B ±0.08%
C ±0.4%
D ±4.0%

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P38479A0720* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Which of the following methods would not be suitable for measuring the rate of the
reaction between methanoic acid and bromine?
HCOOH(aq) + Br 2(aq) 2H+ (aq) + 2Br (aq) + CO2(g)
A Colorimetry
B Measuring change in electrical conductivity
C Quenching samples and titrating with acid
D Measuring change in pressure

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 The equation below shows the hydrolysis of a bromoalkane.

RBr + OH ROH + Br

For a particular bromoalkane, the rate equation is

rate = k[RBr]
The bromoalkane, RBr, is most likely to be
A CH3Br
B CH3CH2Br
C (CH3)3CCH 2Br
D (CH3)3CBr
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 A decrease in the entropy of the system, Ssystem, occurs when

A water freezes.
B water boils.
C water reacts with sodium.
D water reacts with ethanoyl chloride.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P38482A0224*
4 Methanol is produced in the equilibrium reaction
2H2(g) + CO(g) CH3OH(g) H = 18.3 kJ mol1
Addition of more hydrogen to the equilibrium mixture at constant temperature
A increases the equilibrium yield of methanol.
B decreases the equilibrium yield of methanol.
C increases the value of Kp.
D decreases the value of Kp.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)
5 The equation for the equilibrium between NO2(g) and N2O 4(g) can be written in two ways.
2NO2(g) N2O4(g) Equilibrium constant = K c
or
NO2(g) ½N2O4(g) Equilibrium constant = K' c

Which expression is correct?

A Kc = K'c
B Kc = (K'c)2
C Kc = 2(K'c)
D Kc = ½K'c
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 4.0 mol of methanoic acid are reacted with 6.0 mol of ethanol.

HCOOH(l) + C 2H5OH(l) HCOOC2H5(l) + H 2O(l)

The equilibrium mixture contains 3.0 mol of HCOOC

2H5.

The equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction is

A 0.33
B 1.0
C 3.0
D 4.0

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P38482A0324* 3
Turn over
7 A solution of hydrochloric acid has pH 3.0. When it is made 10 times more dilute, the
pH is
A 0.3
B 2.0
C 4.0
D 13.0

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The titration curves below were obtained using different acids and bases, each with
concentration 0.1 mol dm–3 .

A B

14 – 14 –
12 – 12 –
10 – 10 –

pH 8– pH 8–
6 – 6–
4 – 4–
2 – 2–
0 – 0–
0 1020 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
Volume 0.1 mol dm–3 solution added / cm3 Volume 0.1 mol dm–3 solution added / cm3

C D

14 – 14 –
12 – 12 –
10 – 10 –

pH 8– pH 8–
6 – 6–
4 – 4–
2 – 2–
0 – 0–
0 1020 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
Volume 0.1 mol dm–3 solution added / cm3 Volume 0.1 mol dm–3 solution added / cm3

4 *P38482A0424*
 (a) Which curve is produced by adding ammonia to 25 cm3 of hydrochloric acid?
A (1)
B
C
D

(b) Which curve is produced by adding ethanoic acid to 25 cm3 of sodium hydroxide?
A (1)
B
C
D

(c) An indicator with p KIn 8.5 is suitable for the following titrations. (1)
A Titrations A and B only.
B Titrations A, B and D only.
C Titration C only.
D Titrations A, B, C and D.

(Total for Question 8 = 3 marks)

9 Ethanoic acid is not a product in the reaction of

A ethanal with lithium tetrahydridoaluminate.
B ethanoyl chloride with water.
C ethyl ethanoate with dilute sulfuric acid.
D ethanol refluxed with potassium dichromate(VI) and sulfuric acid.

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P38482A0524* 5
Turn over
10 This question is about four compounds with molecular formula C 4H8O.

A CH3COCH2CH 3
B CH3CH2CH 2CHO
C CH3CH CHCH2OH
D CH2 CHOH
CH2 CH2

(a) The compounds which react when heated with a mixture of potassium
dichromate(VI) and sulfuric acid are
A compounds A, B and C. (1)
B compounds A, B and D.
C compounds A, C and D.
D compounds B, C and D.

(b) The compound which produces a yellow precipitate when heated with a mixture of
iodine and sodium hydroxide is
A compound A. (1)
B compound B.
C compound C.
D compound D.

(c) There would not be a significant peak at mass/charge ratio of 15 in the mass
spectrum of
A compound A. (1)
B compound B.
C compound C.
D compound D.

(Total for Question 10 = 3 marks)

6 *P38482A0624*
11 The following tests can be carried out on organic compounds.
A Warm with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.
B Warm with Fehling’s or Benedict’s solution.
C Add solid sodium carbonate.
D Add phosphorus(V) chloride, PCl 5.

(a) Which test would give a positive result with propanoic acid but not with
propan-1-ol?
A (1)
B
C
D

(b) Which test would give a positive result with propanoic acid and with propan-1-ol?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which test would give a positive result with propanal but not with propanone?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 11 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you

write in this space will gain no credit.

*P38482A0724* 7
Turn over
12 Which of the following compounds is a Z isomer and contains a chiral carbon atom?
A

Cl

Cl

C Cl

D Cl

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following statements about ethanoyl chloride is not correct?

A It reacts with ammonia to make an amine.
B It reacts with an amine to make an amide.
C It reacts with an alcohol to make an ester.
D It reacts with water to make an organic acid.

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 In gas chromatography, mixtures are passed through a long tube containing a liquid
as the stationary phase. The mixtures are separated into their components because the
components differ in
A relative molecular mass.
B melting temperature.
C volatility.
D force of attraction to the liquid.

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P38482A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Four complex ions have the following formulae:

A Cu(edta)2
B Zn(H
2O)62+

C Ni(NH3)62+
D CrCl
42

(a) Which complex ion is most likely to be tetrahedral in shape?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which complex ion is most likely not to be coloured?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Each of these complex ions may be formed by ligand exchange from an aqua
complex. For which complex ion is the entropy change of this reaction most
positive?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 *P38480A0224*
 When a few drops of aqueous ammonia are added to a solution containing [Cr(H 2O)6]3+
ions the product formed will be
A [Cr(NH 3)6]3+

B Cr(H 2O)3(OH) 3

C [Cr(NH 3)4]3+

D [Cr(H 2O)2(OH) 4]

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of these statements about a standard hydrogen electrode, for which E = 0V, is
not correct?
A The hydrogen gas is at a pressure of 1 atm.
B A solution containing 1 mol dm3 of H+ (aq) ions is used.
C A platinum electrode is used.
D The temperature is kept at 20°C.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P38480A0324* 3
Turn over
4 Four polymers labelled A to D have the following formulae:

OO H

A —–C—(CH
2)4—C—N—(CH 2) 6—N—–

H n

HOH H OH
B —–C—–C–—C–—C—––

H HH H n

H OOCCH3 H OOCCH3
C —–C—–C––––––—C–—C–––––––—

HH HH n

HCH 3 HCH 3

D —–C—–C–—C–—C—––

H HHH n

(a) Which polymer is most soluble in hot water?

(1)
A
B
C
D

4 *P38480A0424*
(b) Which polymer is formed from the monomer shown below?
(1)
O

O
A
B
C
D

(c) Which polymer is a condensation polymer?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 4 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P38480A0524* 5
Turn over
5 The formulae of some organic compounds labelled A to D are shown below.

CH3

A B

OH
CH(CH3)2
CH3
C
C O D

NH2

(a) Which compound reacts with sodium to form hydrogen?

A (1)
B
C
D

(b) Which compound forms a green complex ion with CuSO

A 4(aq)? (1)
B
C
D

(c) Which compound forms an orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 5 = 3 marks)

6 *P38480A0624*
6 How many peaks would you expect to see in a low resolution proton nmr spectrum of
the ester HCOOCH 2CH2CH 3?

A8
B7
C4
D3

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 In a high resolution proton nmr spectrum of ethyl ethanoate, C H

peak due to the hydrogen atoms shown in bold would be a 3COOCH2CH3, the
A singlet.
B doublet.
C triplet.
D quartet.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of these compounds, whose formulae are shown below, cannot exist as a racemic
mixture?
A CH
2ClCHClCOOH

B HOOCCHClCOOH

C CH 3CHClCOOH

D CH 3CH(OH)COOH

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P38480A0724* 7
Turn over
9 Phenol reacts with bromine water whereas benzene reacts with bromine in the presence
of iron.

(a) The mechanism for both these reactions is

(1)
A electrophilic substitution.
B electrophilic addition.
C nucleophilic substitution.
D nucleophilic addition.

(b) In the reaction of benzene with bromine, iron

(1)
A acts as a heterogeneous catalyst.
B acts as a homogeneous catalyst.
C reacts with the bromine to make iron(III) bromide, FeBr
3.

D allows bromine to attack the hydrogen atoms on benzene more readily.

(c) Bromine reacts more readily with phenol than with benzene because the OH group
on phenol
(1)
A is a good leaving group.
B attracts the bromine particles more readily.
C is a good nucleophile.
D increases the electron density of the ring.

(Total for Question 9 = 3 marks)

10 Ammonia (NH
3), butylamine (CH3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2) and phenylamine (C 6H 5NH 2) all
form alkaline solutions in water. The order of increasing pH of equimolar solutions is
AC
6H5NH 2 < CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2 < NH 3

B NH 3 < CH3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2 < C 6H 5NH 2

CC
6H5NH 2 < NH 3 < CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2

D CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2NH 2 < NH 3 < C 6H 5NH 2

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

8 *P38480A0824*
11 The distance on a chromatogram moved by an individual amino acid, in a mixture of
different amino acids, mainly depends on
A the molar mass of the amino acid.
B the molar mass of the solvent used.
C the intermolecular forces between the solvent and the stationary phase.
D the intermolecular forces between the amino acid and both the solvent and the
stationary phase.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)
12 Amino acids are crystalline solids with a high melting temperature because
A each molecule has a large number of electrons.
B each molecule forms hydrogen bonds at both ends.
C a proton is transferred from one end of the molecule to the other.
D their shape allows the molecules to pack close together.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P38480A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 A solution contains 66 ppm of a solute. The mass of the solute dissolved in 1 kg of this
solution is
A 66 g
B 0.66 g
C 0.066 g
D 0.000066 g

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Complete combustion of 50 cm3 of a hydrocarbon vapour gave 350 cm3 of carbon

dioxide, both gas volumes being measured at the same temperature and pressure. The
formula of the hydrocarbon could be
A C
8H18

B C
7H16

C C
6H14

D C
5H12

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following statements is true? The Avogadro constant is the number of
A grams of any element which contains 6.02 × 1023 atoms of that element.
B atoms contained in one mole of any element.
C atoms contained in one mole of any monatomic element.
D particles (atoms, molecules or ions) required to make one gram of a substance.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P39306A0224*
4 In an experiment to determine the enthalpy change of combustion of an alcohol, a spirit
burner containing the alcohol was weighed, lit and placed under a copper can containing
a known volume of water. The temperature rise of the water was measured and the
burner re-weighed. The enthalpy change calculated from the results was much less
exothermic than the value reported in the literature.

Which of the following factors is most likely to be the cause of this error?

A Heat loss around the side of the copper can.

B The use of a thermometer with a range of 0 – 110 °C rather than 0 – 50 °C.
C The use of a measuring cylinder for measuring the water rather than a pipette.
D Evaporation of the alcohol during the weighing.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 The standard enthalpy changes of formation of carbon dioxide and of methanoic acid are
–1 –1 respectively. Calculate the enthalpy change for the
reaction
H2(g) + CO2(g) HCOOH(l)
A –1

B –1

C –1

D –1

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 For which of the following changes is the value of H negative?

A K(g) K+ (g) + e–
B K+Cl– (s) K+ (g) + Cl– (g)
C Cl(g) + e– Cl– (g)
D Cl 2Cl(g)
2(g)

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P39306A0324* 3
Turn over
7 In which of the following cases would a cation be most polarizing?
Radius Charge
A small small
B small large
C large small
D large large

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Magnesium chloride, MgCl

2. has two lattice energy values quoted in the data booklet. –1
;
–1
. Why are the two values different?
A The cation polarizes the anion leading to some covalent bonding.
B The anion polarizes the cation leading to some covalent bonding.
C Magnesium chloride is a covalent substance.
D The results from the Born-Haber cycle are too inaccurate to be reliable.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Which of the following represents the process occurring when the enthalpy change of
atomization of bromine is measured?
A ½Br Br(g)
2(l)

B ½Br Br(g)
2(g)

C Br Br+ (g) + Br– (g)

2(l)

D Br Br+ (g) + Br– (g)

2(g)

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

4 *P39306A0424*
10 An organic compound is represented by the skeletal formula shown below.

OH
The compound is
A CH3CH2CH 2CH(OH)CH 2CH 3
B (CH3)2CHC(OH)(CH 3) 2
C (CH3)2CHCH 2CH(OH)CH 3
D (CH3)2CHCH(OH)CH 2CH 3
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 How many structural isomers does the alkane C 5H12 have?

A 4
B 3
C 2
D 1
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 When methane reacts with chlorine, a mixture of products forms. Which product
provides the strongest evidence for a free radical mechanism?
A C
2H6

B CH
3Cl

C HCl
D CHCl
3

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

*P39306A0524* 5
Turn over
13 What is the IUPAC name of the compound shown below?

CH2CH3
H3C CCH 2CH2CH 3

CH2CH2CH 3

A 2-ethyl-2-propylpentane
B 3-methyl-3-propylhexane
C 4-methyl-4-propylhexane
D 4-ethyl-4-methylheptane

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 The reaction of bromine with propene is an example of

A electrophilic substitution.
B free radical substitution.
C electrophilic addition.
D free radical addition.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 A compound Z contains, by mass, 26.7% carbon, 2.2% hydrogen, and 71.1% oxygen.
The empirical formula of Z is
A CHO
2

B C
2H2O 4

C CHO
D C
2H2O 2

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

6 *P39306A0624*
16 In which of the following series does the melting temperature of the element increase
from left to right?
A Li, Na, K
B Al, Si, P
C Si, P, S
D Na, Mg, Al

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 If X Y the element of atomic number 20,

the compound formed between these two elements is
A covalent, YX2.
B ionic, YX2.
C covalent, YX.
D ionic, YX.

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 The equation representing the reaction between copper(II) oxide and dilute sulfuric acid
is
CuO(s) + H 2SO4(aq) CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
The ionic equation for the reaction is

A Cu2+ (s) + SO 42–(aq) CuSO4(aq)

B O2–(s) + H2SO4(aq) H
2O(l) + SO42–(aq)

C CuO(s) + 2H+ (aq) Cu2+ (aq) + H 2O(l)

D CuO(s) + H2SO4(aq) Cu2+ SO 42–(aq) + H2O(l)

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

*P39306A0724* 7
Turn over
19 Which of the following represents the electronic structure of a nitrogen atom?

1 s2s 2p

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 The electronic structures of four elements are given below. Which of these elements has
the highest first ionization energy?

1 s2s 2p

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P39306A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 The diagram below shows the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of molecular energies

for a gaseous system at two temperatures.

300 K
310 K

Number of molecules
with energy E

Energy E

(a) The energy plotted on the horizontal axis is mainly

(1)
A activation.
B kinetic.
C rotation.
D vibration.

(b) The rate of a chemical reaction increases with temperature mainly because
(1)
A the activation energy increases.
B the activation energy decreases.
C more collisions occur with energy greater than the activation energy.
D the molecules collide more frequently.

2 *P39307A0220*
 (c) The total area under each curve
(1)
A decreases with increasing temperature.
B increases with increasing temperature.
C increases or decreases with increasing temperature, depending on the size of the
molecules.
D does not change with temperature.

(Total for Question 1 = 3 marks)

2 The diagram below shows a dot and cross diagram of nitric acid.

A
O

N OH

C O

(a) Identify which of the labelled sets of electrons represents a dative covalent bond.
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) In terms of orbital overlap, the double bond is

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 2 = 2 marks)

*P39307A0320* 3
Turn over
3 The colour observed in a flame test is due to
A electrons jumping to a higher energy level, absorbing energy.
B electrons jumping to a higher energy level, emitting energy.
C electrons dropping from a higher energy level, absorbing energy.
D electrons dropping from a higher energy level, emitting energy.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 The best way to confirm the presence of iodine in an aqueous solution is

A adding hexane to form a purple layer.
B adding hexane to form an orange layer.
C adding acidified silver nitrate solution to form a yellow precipitate which is
soluble in concentrated ammonia.
D adding acidified silver nitrate solution to form a yellow precipitate which is
insoluble in concentrated ammonia.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 The oxidation number of sulfur in sodium hydrogensulfide, NaHS, is

A –2
B –1
C +1
D +2

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following is not a disproportionation reaction?

A Cl2 + 2OH– Cl– + ClO– + H 2O

B Cu2O + H2SO 4 CuSO4 + Cu + H2O

C 3IO– 2I– + IO 3–

D Cu + 4HNO 3 Cu(NO3)2 + 2H 2O + 2NO 2

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

4 *P39307A0420*
7 Hydrogen iodide has a higher boiling temperature than hydrogen bromide. This is
because
A the H–I bond is stronger than the H–Br bond.
B hydrogen iodide has stronger London forces than hydrogen bromide.
C hydrogen iodide has a larger permanent dipole than hydrogen bromide.
D hydrogen iodide forms hydrogen bonds but hydrogen bromide does not.

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Butane has a higher boiling temperature than 2-methylpropane. This is because butane has
A stronger C–H bonds.
B more electrons.
C a larger surface area.
D hydrogen bonds.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 The oxygen atom in a molecule of water has two bonding pairs and two lone pairs of
electrons. Based on the electron-pair repulsion theory, the H–O–H bond angle is most likely
to be
A 180°
B 109.5°
C 107°
D 104.5°

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The shape of a molecule of boron trifluoride, BF 3, is

A trigonal planar.
B pyramidal.
C tetrahedral.
D T-shaped.

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

*P39307A0520* 5
Turn over
11 When solid samples of sodium carbonate and magnesium carbonate are strongly heated
A both compounds decompose.
B sodium carbonate decomposes but magnesium carbonate does not.
C magnesium carbonate decomposes but sodium carbonate does not.
D neither compound decomposes.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 As Group 2 is descended
A the solubility of hydroxides and of sulfates increases.
B the solubility of hydroxides increases and of sulfates decreases.
C the solubility of hydroxides decreases and of sulfates increases.
D the solubility of hydroxides and of sulfates decreases.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)
13 These questions concern the use of infrared (IR) spectra to identify organic compounds.
The IR absorption ranges associated with some organic functional groups are given
below.
A O– H stretching in alcohols at 3750 – 3200 cm–1
B CO stretching in aldehydes at 1740 – 1720 cm–1
C CO stretching in ketones at 1700 – 1680 cm–1
D CO stretching in carboxylic acids at 1725 – 1700 cm–1
(a) When propan-2-ol is refluxed with potassium dichromate(VI) and sulfuric acid, the
product will show a peak due to
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) When propan-1-ol is heated with potassium dichromate(VI) and sulfuric acid, the
product, that is distilled off as it is formed, will show a peak due to
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 13 = 2 marks)

6 *P39307A0620*
14 Which of the following formulae does not represent 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol?
A OH

B H
HC OH
H H

HC C CH

H H
HC H

H
C

OH

D (CH
3)3CCH 2OH

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Nucleophiles are
A electron pair donors that attack regions of high electron density.
B electron pair donors that attack regions of low electron density.
C electron pair acceptors that attack regions of high electron density.
D electron pair acceptors that attack regions of low electron density.

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Which of the following is not true? Chlorofluorocarbons, CFCs,
A are flammable.
B are greenhouse gases.
C damage the ozone layer.
D are excellent refrigerants.

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P39307A0720* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Which of the following interacts with the nuclei of hydrogen atoms in a nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer?
A Gamma rays
B X-rays
C Microwaves
D Radio waves

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 HPLC stands for
A high pressure liquid column.
B high performance liquid chromatography.
C heterogeneous phase liquid chromatography.
D homogenous phase liquid column.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P39308A0224*
3 Consider the equilibrium below.

CO(g) + Cl2(g) COCl2(g)

(a) An increase in pressure by a factor of 2 will

(1)
A quadruple Kp.
B double K
p.

C have no effect on K
p.

D halve K
p.

(b) The units of Kp are (1)

A atm
B atm
C atm
D atm2

(Total for Question 3 = 2 marks)

4 Which of these will not improve the overall yield of the Haber process?
N 2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3 H
A Increasing the pressure.
B Liquefying then removing the ammonia from the reaction.
C Increasing the temperature.
D Recycling unreacted nitrogen and hydrogen.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)
5 The equation for the reaction between ethanoic acid and phosphorus(V) chloride is
A CH
3COOH + PCl5 3COCl + POCl3 + HCl

B CH
3COOH + PCl5 3COOCl + PCl3 + HCl

C CH
3COOH + PCl5 3COCl + PCl3 + HOCl

D 2CH
3COOH + PCl5 3CO)2O + PCl 3 + H 2O + Cl 2

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P39308A0324* 3
Turn over
6 An example of a polyester is

? HH 
? CO O 

? OC C C 


? HHO 

(a) The two monomers needed to form this polymer are

(1)
Monomer One Monomer Two

A HOOC OH HO(CH2)2OH

B HOOC COOH HO(CH2)2OH

C HO OH HOOC(CH2)2COOH

D HOOC COOH HOOC(CH2)2COOH

(b) The type of reaction to form this polymer is

(1)
A addition.
B substitution.
C condensation.
D hydrolysis.

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks)

4 *P39308A0424*
7 In which of these reactions is the hydrogensulfate ion, HSO4, behaving as a Brønsted- Lowry
base?
A HSO
4 + H3O+ 2SO4 + H 2O

B HSO 4 + Ba2+ 4 + H+

C HSO 4 + H2O 4 + H3O+

D HSO 4 + CO3 SO4 + HCO3
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)
8 The reaction below is carried out at 25 °C. Use the equation and the data to answer the
questions that follow.
SO2(g) + 2H2 2 H

Substance Standard molar entropy, S

K
SO2(g) 248
H
2S(g)

H
2O(g)

S(s) 32

K. is
(1)
A
B
C
D +233

K. is
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 8 = 2 marks)

*P39308A0524* 5
Turn over
9 , to form an alcohol.

RX + OH

The rate equation for the reaction is rate = k[RX]. Which of these statements is
incorrect?
A Rate [RX].
B

C The reaction mechanism is S N

D A carbocation intermediate forms in the reaction.

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The rate equation for the reaction between hydrogen gas and nitrogen monoxide gas is

rate = k[NO]2 [H 2]

If the concentration of both reactants is doubled, the rate will increase by a factor of
A3
B4
C
D8

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

6 *P39308A0624*
11 A reaction has the rate equation rate = k[X][Y]2 [Z]. The concentrations of each reactant
are shown in the table below.

Reactant Concentration / mol dm X

Y
Z

s. then
the numerical value of k is
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) The units for the rate constant, k, are

(1)
A mol dm s
B mol3 dm s
C mol dm s
D mol3 dm s

(Total for Question 11 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you

write in this space will gain no credit.

*P39308A0724* 7
Turn over
12 This question is about the four organic substances shown below.

A CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2CHO

B CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2COOH

C CH 3COCH2CH 2CH 3

D CH 3CH2CH 2CH 2COCl

Which substance will

(a) give a positive result with both Brady’s and Tollens’ reagents?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) be formed by the oxidation of a secondary alcohol?

(1)
A
B
C
D

3 of
water?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) form steamy fumes in the reaction with PCl 5? (1)

A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 12 = 4 marks)

8 *P39308A0824*
13 3CH2CONHCH 3, you could use

A CH
3CH2COOCH 3 + NH 3

B CH 3CH2COCl + CH 3NH 2

CH 3CH2COONa+ + CH 3NH 2

D CH 3CH2CONH 2 + CH 3NH 2

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P39308A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .
1 The acid used in a standard hydrogen electrode to provide a 1 mol dm–3 solution of
hydrogen ions is
A ethanoic acid.
B phosphoric(V) acid.
C sulfuric acid.
D hydrochloric acid.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 To measure the standard electrode potential for the Ag+ (aq)|Ag(s) electrode, the most
suitable chemical for the solution in a salt bridge to connect the two half cells is
A potassium chloride.
B potassium iodide.
C potassium nitrate.
D potassium sulfate.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 For any reversible reaction, ln K is proportional to

A S
total and E cell.

B S
total but not E cell.

C E S
cell but not total.

D neither E S
cell total.

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P39309A0220*
4 This question is about a titration to determine the iron content of a tablet. The iron(II)
ions in the tablet are oxidized to iron(III) ions by acidified manganate(VII) ions which
are reduced to manganese(II) ions.

(a) The mole ratio of iron(II) to manganate(VII) ions in the reaction is

(1)
Fe2+ MnO4–

A 1 5

B 2 5

C 5 2

D 5 1

(b) A 0.200 g tablet is dissolved to make exactly 100 cm3 of solution. 10 cm3 of this
solution is found to contain 5.38 10–5 mol of iron(II) ions.

The percentage by mass of iron ( A

r = 55.8) in the tablet is (1)
−5
A 53 0 558 . . 81 ×× 100
0200 . ×× 100%
10

538 10 . × −5 100
B 558 0200 .. × ×× 100%
10

−5
C 538 10 558 . . ×× 10
0200 . ×× 100%
100

−5
D 538 10 0200 . . ×× 10
558 . ×× 100%
100

(Total for Question 4 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write

in this space will gain no credit.

*P39309A0320* 3
Turn over
5 Some fuel cells are used to produce energy from the combination of hydrogen and
oxygen. The half-equations for a hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell in alkaline solution are

2H2O(l) + 2e– H2(g) + 2OH–(aq) E = –0.83 V

½O2(g) + H2O(l) + 2e– 2OH– (aq) E = +0.40 V

(a) The equation for the cell reaction is

(1)
A 3H2O(l) + ½O2 2(g) + 4OH–(aq)

B H
2(g) + 4OH– 2O(l) + ½O2(g)

C H
2(g) + ½O2 2O(l)

DH
2 2(g) + ½O2(g)

(b) From the data above, Ecell for the reaction in the hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell is (1)
A –0.43 V
B +0.43 V
C –1.23 V
D +1.23 V

(c) An advantage of operating a hydrogen fuel cell over a conventional jet engine for
powering an aeroplane is
(1)
A it is 100% efficient.
B it does not produce greenhouse gas emissions.
C it does not produce emissions which damage the ozone layer.
D hydrogen is easier to transport.

(Total for Question 5 = 3 marks)

4 *P39309A0420*
6 Benzocaine is used as a local anaesthetic.
O
C
OCH2CH3

NH2
Separate samples of a solution of benzocaine are added to 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine,
hot aqueous sodium hydroxide, and dilute hydrochloric acid.
Which chemicals react with benzocaine?
A All three
B Only sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid
C Only hydrochloric acid
D Only sodium hydroxide

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 In the first commonly used breathalyser, acidified potassium dichromate(VI) was used
which was reduced to chromium(III) by alcohol.
The colour change seen when alcohol was present in a motorist’s breath is from
A orange to green.
B orange to yellow.
C yellow to green.
D yellow to orange.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 For which of the following are both tests acceptable evidence for a driver to be
successfully prosecuted for excess alcohol in the blood in many countries?
A A dichromate(VI) breath analyser and a blood test.
B A dichromate(VI) breath analyser and a fuel cell breath analyser.
C A dichromate(VI) breath analyser and an infrared breath analyser.
D An infrared breath analyser and a blood test.

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P39309A0520* 5
Turn over
9 The structural formula of caffeine, C8H10O 2N 4, is shown below.

CH3 O CH3
N N

O N N
CH3

(a) How many main peaks would you expect in the proton nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrum of caffeine?
(1)
A1
B2
C3
D 4

(b) At which of the following wavenumbers is an absorption peak not present in the
infrared spectrum of caffeine?
(1)
A 3600 cm–1
B 2925 cm–1
C 1690 cm–1
D 1660 cm–1

(c) The parent ion peak of caffeine in the mass spectrum of caffeine would be at m/e
ratio
(1)
A 101
B 102
C 193
D 194

6 *P39309A0620*
 (d) Intermolecular forces between caffeine molecules would include
(1)
A London forces only.
B London forces and hydrogen bonds.
C London forces and permanent dipole forces.
D London forces, permanent dipole forces, and hydrogen bonds.

(Total for Question 9 = 4 marks)

10 (a) The principal advantage of combinatorial chemistry over traditional methods for
developing pharmaceuticals is that
(1)
A very small amounts of compounds are used.
B many more compounds can be made in a given time.
C compounds formed are more powerful drugs.
D compounds formed have fewer side effects.

(b) A refinement of combinatorial chemistry involves initially attaching compounds

firmly to polymer beads. The type of attachment is most likely to be by
(1)
A metallic bonds.
B covalent bonds.
C London forces.
D permanent dipole forces.

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

*P39309A0720* 7
Turn over
11 Four reactions involving the transition elements copper and chromium are given below.

1 Cu2+ (aq) + 2OH−2(s)

2 [Cu(H2O)4(OH) 2](s) + 4NH 3 2O)2(NH 3) 4]2+(aq) + 2OH−(aq) + 2H 2O(l)

3 [Cr(H2O)3(OH) 3](s) + 3OH− 6]3−(aq) + 3H2O(l)

4 [Cr(H2O)3(OH) 3](s) + 3H+ 2O)6]3+(aq)

(a) Which reaction produces a dark blue solution?

(1)
A1
B 2
C 3
D 4

(b) Which two reactions show the amphoteric behaviour of a metal hydroxide?
(1)
A 1 and 2
B 2 and 3
C 2 and 4
D 3 and 4

(c) Predict, without calculation, which reaction has the most negative value for ∆S
system.
(1)
A1
B 2
C 3
D 4

(Total for Question 11 = 3 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P39309A0820*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 Which of the following quantities, used in the calculation of the lattice energy of
lithium oxide, Li2O, has a negative value?
A The enthalpy change of atomization of lithium.
B The first ionization energy of lithium.
C The first electron affinity of oxygen.
D The second electron affinity of oxygen.
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the diagrams below best represents the shapes of the electron contours in sodium
fluoride?

A +

B +

C +

D +

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

2 *P41649A0224*
3 Which of the equations below represents the first electron affinity for oxygen?

A O2(g) + 2e– 2O–(g)

B O – 2e– 2O–(g)
2(g)

C ½O O–(g)
2(g) + e–

D O(g) + e– O–(g)
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Which pair of ions is isoelectronic?

A Ca2+ and O2–
B Na+ and O2–
C Li+ and Cl–
D Mg2+ and Cl–
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 A drop of sodium manganate(VII) solution is placed at the centre of a piece of moist filter
paper on a microscope slide. The ends of the paper are clipped to a 30 V DC power supply. After a
few minutes,
A a purple colour has moved towards the positive terminal.
B a purple colour has moved towards the negative terminal.
C an orange colour has moved towards the positive terminal.
D an orange colour has moved towards the negative terminal.
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 How many moles of ions are present in 20 cm3 of 0.050 mol dm–3 calcium chloride
solution, CaCl2(aq)?
A 0.0050
B 0.0030
C 0.0020
D 0.0010
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P41649A0324* 3
Turn over
7 The Avogadro constant is 6.0 x 1023 mol–1. The number of atoms in
1 mol of dinitrogen tetroxide, N 2O4, is

A 3.6 × 1024
B 1.8 × 1024
C 6.0 × 1023
D 1.0 × 1023
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The equation for the complete combustion of ethane is

2C2H6(g) + 7O2(g) 4CO2(g) + 6H2O(l)

What volume of oxygen, measured at room temperature and pressure, is needed to
completely burn 0.1 mol of ethane?

[The volume of 1 mol of any gas measured at room temperature and pressure is 24 dm3]
A 2.4 dm3
B 4.8 dm3
C 8.4 dm3
D 16.8 dm3
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 A sample of swimming pool water contains 0.482 parts per million (ppm) of chlorine. This
is equal to a percentage of

A 0.000482
B 0.0000482
C 0.00000482
D 0.000000482
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

4 *P41649A0424*
10 Bromine has two isotopes with relative isotopic masses 79 and 81. Which of the
following values for mass/charge ratio could correspond to a peak in the mass
spectrum of bromine, Br
2. You should assume the ions detected have a single

positive charge.

A 79.9
B 80
C 159
D 160
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 The first five ionization energies of an element, X, are shown in the table.

Ionization 1st2nd3rd4th5th
energy

Value 6311235238970898844
/ kJ mol–1

What is the mostly likely formula of the oxide that forms when X burns in oxygen?
A X
2O

B XO
C X
2O3

D XO 2

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Which of the following has the largest ionic radius?

A S2–
B Cl–
C K+
D Ca2+
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

*P41649A0524* 5
Turn over
13 Which of the following is a major effect caused by increased carbon dioxide levels
arising from the burning of fossil fuels?
A Melting of polar ice caps.
B Damage to the ozone layer.
C Increased acid rain.
D Increased skin cancer.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following compounds shows geometric ( E-Z or cis-trans ) isomerism?

A but-1-ene
B 2-methylbut-1-ene
C but-2-ene
D 2-methylbut-2-ene
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 What is the systematic name for the compound with the following formula?
CH CHCH
3CH 3

CH3 CH2CH3

A 2-methyl-3-ethylbutane
B 1,2,3-trimethylbutane
C 2,3-dimethylpropane
D 2,3-dimethylpentane

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

6 *P41649A0624*
16 This question is about the reaction of methane with bromine in sunlight.
(1)
CH4 + Br2 CH3Br + HBr
(a) This reaction is best described as
A electrophilic addition.
B electrophilic substitution.
C free radical addition.
D free radical substitution.

(b) One of the steps in the mechanism of this reaction is

(1)
• CHCH
3 + Br• 3Br

This step is
A initiation.
B propagation.
C termination.
D reduction.

(c) This reaction produces a mixture of products.

Which of the following is most likely to form, as well as bromomethane?
(1)
A ethane
B propane
C butane
D pentane

(d) When human skin is overexposed to sunlight, it is likely to lead to skin cancer.

What is the radiation in sunlight that leads to skin cancer?

(1)
A microwaves
B infrared
C visible light
D ultraviolet
(Total for Question 16 = 4 marks)

*P41649A0724* 7
Turn over
17 Which equation represents the reaction for which the enthalpy change, H, is the
mean bond energy of the C-F bond?
A CF4(g) C(g) + 4F(g)
B ¼CF4(g) ¼C(g) + F(g)
C C(g) + 4F(g) CF 4(g)

D ¼C(g) + F(g) ¼CF 4(g)

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P41649A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes
on this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 Which of the following molecules has the smallest bond angle?

AH 2O

B NH 3

C CH 4

D SF 6

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 A charged rod is held beside a stream of liquid coming from a burette. Which of the
following liquids would NOT be significantly deflected?

AH 2O

B CCl 4

C C 2H5OH

D C 2H5Br

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following statements about electronegativity is true?

A Non-metals have lower electronegativity than metals.
B Electronegativity decreases across a period in the Periodic Table.
C Electronegativity decreases going down a group in the Periodic Table.
D The bonds between atoms with equal electronegativity are always weak.
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

*P41650A0224*
4 In
whi
ch
serie
s of
com
pou
nds
does
the
cova
lent
char
acte
r
incr
ease
,
goin
g
fro
m
left
to right?
A NaCl, MgCl 2, AlCl 3, SiCl 4

B SiO 2, Al2O3, MgO, Na 2O

C LiI, NaI, KI, RbI

D KI, KBr, KCl, KF
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Going down Group 2 from calcium to barium

A the first ionization energy of the element increases.
B the strength of the metallic bonding increases.
C the polarizing power of the 2+ ion decreases.
D the stability of the nitrate to heat decreases.
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Fu
llere
nes,
grap
hite
and
dia
mon
d
are
all
 for
ms
of
carb
on.
Full
eren
es
diss
olve
in
petrol, but

diamond

and

graphite

do not.

This is

because

A the
bond
s
betw
een
the
carbo
n
atom
s in
fuller
enes
are
weak
er
than
in
diamond or

graphite.

B diamond and graphite are giant structures but fullerenes are molecular.
C there are delocalized electrons in diamond and graphite but not in fullerenes.
D there are covalent bonds in diamond and graphite, but not in fullerenes.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Sodium chloride is more soluble in water than in hexane because

A the
inter
mole
cular
force
s
betw
een
 wate
r
mole
cules
are
stron
ger
than
those
between

hexane

molecules.

B hexane molecules cannot fit between the ions in the sodium chloride lattice.
C energy is released when the ions in sodium chloride are hydrated.
D sodium ions and chloride ions form hydrogen bonds with water.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

*P41650A0324* Turn over

8 Hydrochloric acid and sodium carbonate solution react as shown below.

2HCl(aq) + Na 2CO 3(aq) o 2NaCl(aq) + CO 2(g) + H 2O(l)

Which sample of sodium carbonate solution will be neutralized by 20 cm 3 of

0.05moldm –3 hydrochloric acid?

Volume of sodium Concentration of sodium

carbonate/ carbonate/
cm 3 mol dm –3

A 10 0.05
B 40 0.05
C 40 0.10
D 10 0.10

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 A white solid produces oxygen when it is heated, but no other gases. The solid could
be
A lithium nitrate.
B potassium nitrate.
C strontium nitrate.
D calcium oxide.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 A solid is soluble in water and produces steamy acidic fumes with concentrated
sulfuric acid. The solid could be
A potassium carbonate.
B magnesium sulfate.
C silver chloride.
D sodium chloride.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

*P41650A0424*
11

OH

The systematic name of the compound with skeletal formula shown above is
A 1,1-dimethylethanol.
B 2,2-dimethylethanol.
C 2-methylpropan-1-ol.
D 2-methylpropan-2-ol.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 Samples of 1-chloropropane and 1-bromopropane are warmed with water containing

dissolved silver nitrate in the presence of ethanol. The 1-chloropropane reacts more
slowly because
A the C—Cl bond is more polar than the C—Br bond.
B the C—Cl bond is stronger than the C—Br bond.
C 1-chloropropane is less soluble than 1-bromopropane.
D 1-chloropropane is a weaker oxidizing agent than 1-bromopropane.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 The reaction of 1-chloropropane with water containing dissolved silver nitrate in the
presence of ethanol is
A a redox reaction.
B a nucleophilic substitution.
C an electrophilic substitution.
D a free radical substitution.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

*P41650A0524* Turn over

14 The compound with formula CH 3CH(NH 2)CH 3 can be made by reacting alcoholic

ammonia with
A propane.
B propene.
C 2-chloropropane.
D propan-2-ol.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15

F
r
a
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

E
 XEnergy, E

The energy marked X in the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution shows

A the most common energy of the molecules.
B the activation energy of the reaction.
C the activation energy of a catalysed reaction.
D the number of molecules with energy greater than the activation energy.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P41650A0624*
 16
In
the
indu
stria
l
proc
ess
invo
lvin
g
gas
phas
e
reac
tion
s to
prod
uce
am
mon
ia,
man
y
collisions

between

molecules

are

unsuccessf

ul because

A gas phase reactions are reversible.

B the collisions are not energetic enough to break the bonds in the molecules.
C gas phase reactions can only occur when a catalyst is present.
D gas phase reactions can only occur when UV light is present.
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 The molecular (parent) ion in the mass spectrum of a hydrocarbon containing 12

C and
1 H only
A is the peak with highest relative abundance.
B is the peak with highest charge.
C is the peak produced by the most stable fragment.
D is the peak with highest mass to charge ratio.
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 A compound which has major peaks with mass / charge ratio at 29, 57 and 58 in the
mass spectrum could be
 A propanal, CH 3CH 2CHO.

B propanone, CH 3COCH 3.

C propan-1-ol, CH 3CH 2CH 2OH.

D propan-2-ol, CH 3CH(OH)CH 3.

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 Which of the following would not be used to assess whether the use of a biofuel
p
r
o
d
u
c
e
d

f
r
o
m

c
r
o
p

o
f

s
u
g
a
r

c
a
n
e

i
s

c
a
r
b
o
n

n
e
u
t
r
a
l
?

A fuel used to operate farm machinery.

B pesticides and fertilisers used.
C energy released per tonne of biofuel.
D fuel used to process the crop.
 (Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

*P41650A0724* Turn over

 20
The
prin
cipa
l
reas
on
why
scie
ntist
s
hav
e
reco
mm
end
ed
that
chlo
rofl
uor
ocar
bon
s
(CFCs)

are not

used in

aerosols is

that they

cause

A global warming.
B acid rain.
C ozone depletion.
D water pollution.

(Total for

Question

20 = 1

mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20

MARKS
*P41650A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 An important step in the production of sulfuric acid is the oxidation of sulfur dioxide.

2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) H = –196 kJ mol–1

Which of the conditions below is best suited to produce a high yield of sulfur trioxide,
SO3?
A 1 atm pressure and 800 °C.
B 2 atm pressure and 800 °C.
C 1 atm pressure and 400 °C.
D 2 atm pressure and 400 °C.
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following statements is true about all substances that form acidic
solutions in water?

A They are corrosive.

B They are liquids.
C They contain hydrogen atoms.
D They form H+ (aq) ions.

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

2 *P42984A0224*
3 Select the correct pH for each of the following solutions.

(a) Nitric acid, HNO 3, of concentration 2 mol dm–3, assuming it is fully dissociated.

(1)
A –0.3
B 0.0
C 0.3
D 2.0

(b) Sodium hydroxide, NaO H, of concentration 2 mol dm–3,

using Kw = 1.0 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6
(1)
A –13.7
B 13.7
C 14.0
D 14.3

(c) Ethanoic acid, CH

3COOH, of concentration 2 mol dm–3, making the usual

assumptions.
+ −
[][] HCHCOO
Ka = [ 3 = 1.7 × 10–5 mol dm–3
CHCOOH]
3
(1)
A 2.2
B 2.4
C 4.5
D 4.8

(d) The mixture formed when 25 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide solution is
added to 50 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 ethanoic acid, for which Ka = 1.7 × 10–5 mol dm–3.
(1)
A 2.2
B 2.5
C 4.5
D 4.8
(Total for Question 3 = 4 marks)

*P42984A0324* 3
Turn over
4 A solution of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (Brady’s reagent) is used as a test for organic
functional groups.
(a) The positive result of the test is the formation of
(1)
A a yellow solution.
B an orange precipitate.
C a red solution.
D a green precipitate.

(b) Which of the following gives a positive result with a solution of

2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine?
(1)
A Only aldehydes
B Only ketones
C Only aldehydes and ketones
D Any compound containing the CO group

(c) The initial attack by 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, when it reacts, is by

(1)
A a free radical.
B an electrophile.
C a nucleophile.
D a negative ion.
(d) The product of a positive test, a 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazone, contains which of
the following bonds?
(1)
A NN
B CN
C CC
D CO
(Total for Question 4 = 4 marks)

4 *P42984A0424*
 BLANK PAGE

Turn over for Question 5

*P42984A0524* 5
Turn over
5 This question is about the following isomeric compounds with the molecular formula
C4H8O and molar mass 72 g mol–1.
A CH
3CH2CH2CHO

B (CH
3)2CHCHO

C CH
3CH2COCH3

D CH CHCH
3CH 2OH

(a) Which compound would you expect to give a peak at m/e = 41 in its mass
spectrum?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which compound would NOT react with an acidified solution of potassium
dichromate(VI)?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which compound would give a pale yellow precipitate when reacted with iodine in
alkaline solution?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) Which compound can be reduced to give a chiral product?

(1)
A
B
C
D

6 *P42984A0624*
 (e) Which compound would NOT react with hydrogen cyanide under suitable
conditions to form a hydroxynitrile?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 5 = 5 marks)

6 Transesterification involves the conversion of

A esters into different esters.
B esters into carboxylic acids.
C cis carbon-carbon double bonds to the trans arrangement.
D trans carbon-carbon double bonds to the cis arrangement.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Biodiesel is formed by transesterification. It is used as a fuel in preference to

untreated vegetable oils because
A on combustion, biodiesel produces less carbon dioxide than vegetable oils.
B on combustion, biodiesel produces more energy than vegetable oils.
C biodiesel vaporises more easily than vegetable oils.
D biodiesel is less volatile than vegetable oils.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The main reason for hardening vegetable oils when producing low-fat spreads is to
A prevent oxidation.
B make the oil less viscous.
C increase the melting temperature.
D decrease the cholesterol content.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P42984A0724* 7
Turn over
9 Which atoms are not detected by X-rays but are detected by nuclear magnetic
resonance imaging which also shows their environments?
A Carbon
B Hydrogen
C Nitrogen
D Oxygen
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 In one type of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), the stationary phase

is non-polar and a polar solvent is used as the eluent. Which of the following would
travel through the chromatography column most quickly?
A Tetrachloromethane
B Chloromethane
C Iodomethane
D Hexane

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P42984A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 The first five ionization energies of an element, X, are

578. 1817, 2745, 11578 and 14831 kJ mol–1, respectively.
In which group of the Periodic Table is X found?
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following oxides would be expected to have the most exothermic lattice energy?

A Na2O
B MgO
C CaO

D K2O
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 In which of the following compounds is the anion most polarized?

A LiF
B LiI
C KF
D KI
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P42982A0224*
4 In the Born-Haber cycle for potassium iodide, which of the following steps is
exothermic ?
A K(s) K(g)
B K(g) K+(g) + e–

C ½I2(s) I(g)
D I(g) + e– I–(g)
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following represents a pair of isotopes?

A 14
6C and 147N

B 32
16S and 3216S2–

C O2 and O3
D 206
82Pb and 20882Pb

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following equations represents the second ionization energy of

chlorine?

A Cl+(g) Cl2+(g) + e–
B Cl(g) Cl2+(g) + 2e–
C Cl(g) Cl2–(g) − 2e–
D Cl–(g) Cl2–(g) − e–
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 For Period 3 of the Periodic Table, from sodium to argon, what is the trend in the
melting temperatures of the elements?
A A steady decrease
B A steady increase
C A decrease to silicon then an increase
D An increase to silicon then a decrease
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

*P42982A0324* 3
Turn over
8 Given the following information

CH4(g) C(g) + 4H(g) H = +Q kJ mol–1

the mean bond enthalpy for the C–H bond in methane is
A +Q
B +Q/4
C –Q
D –Q/4
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Consider the following information:

BondBond enthalpy / kJ mol–1 H–H+436

I–I+151 H–I+299

For the reaction

H 2HI(g)
2(g) + I2(g)

the enthalpy change, in kJ mol–1, is

A +288
B +144
C –11
D –5.5
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

4 *P42982A0424*
10 The equation for the complete combustion of butanone, C 2H5COCH3, is
C 4CO H = –2440 kJ mol–1
2H5COCH3(l) + 5½O2(g) 2(g) + 4H2O(l)

Substance H / kJ mol–1
f

CO –394
2(g)

H –286
2O(l)

From the above data, the standard enthalpy change of formation of butanone, in
kJmol–1, is

A –280
B +280
C –1760
D +1760
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 A compound was found to contain 2.8 g of nitrogen and 8.0 g of oxygen.

What is the empirical formula of the compound?
Use the Periodic Table as a source of data.
A NO
B NO
2

C N2O3
D N2O5
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 What is the total number of atoms in 1.8 g of water, H2O?

DATA
The molar mass of H 2O is 18 g mol–1
The Avogadro Constant is 6.0 × 1023 mol–1
A 6.0 × 1022
B 6.0 × 1023
C 1.8 × 1023
D 1.8 × 1024
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

*P42982A0524* 5
Turn over
13 Phosphorus(V) chloride, PCl
5. reacts with water according to the equation

PCl H
5(s) + 4H2O(l) 3PO4(aq) + 5HCl(aq)

If 1.04 g of phosphorus pentachloride (molar mass = 208 g mol–1) is reacted completely

with water and the solution made up to 1 dm3, the concentration of the hydrochloric acid in mol dm–3 is

A 0.001
B 0.005
C 0.025
D 0.250
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 A sample of sodium chlorate(V), NaClO 3, was heated and 120 cm3 of oxygen gas was

collected.

2NaClO3(s) 2NaCl(s) + 3O 2(g)

Calculate the number of moles of sodium chlorate(V) that were decomposed in the
above reaction.

[Molar volume of a gas under the conditions of the experiment = 24000cm3 mol–1]
A 2.50 × 10–3
B 3.33 × 10–3
C 5.00 × 10–3
D 7.50 × 10–3
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 In the ethene molecule, the C=C double bond is made up of

A two sigma bonds.
B one pi bond.
C two pi bonds.
D one sigma bond and one pi bond.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

6 *P42982A0624*
16 3.0 dm3 of sulfur dioxide reacts with 1.5 dm3 of oxygen, under suitable conditions,
according to the equation below.
2SO 2SO
2(g) + O2(g) 3(g)

What is the maximum volume of sulfur trioxide that can be formed in the above
reaction?

[The volumes of the gases are measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
A 6.0 dm3
B 4.5 dm3
C 3.0 dm3
D 1.5 dm3
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 Which of the following alkenes exhibits E/Z isomerism?

A But-1-ene
B But-2-ene
C 2-Methylpropene
D Propene
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 An electrophile is defined as a species that

A is an electron pair acceptor.
B is an electron pair donor.
C has a negative charge.
D has a positive charge.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

*P42982A0724* 7
Turn over
19 The repeat unit of a polymer is shown below. 
? CH3 CH2CH3 
CC 
 CH3 H

The systematic name of the alkene monomer that forms this polymer is
A 2-methyl-3-ethylpropene
B 2-methylpent-2-ene
C 2-methylpent-3-ene
D 4-methylpent-2-ene
(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 Cracking crude oil

A separates the mixture into pure compounds.
B separates the mixture into a number of fractions.
C separates saturated compounds from unsaturated ones.
D decreases the average number of carbon atoms per molecule.
(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P42982A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 Which of the following could be used to oxidize ethanol to ethanoic acid?

A Concentrated H2SO4
B H+/Cr2O72–
C H+/Cr3+
D Concentrated NaOH solution
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 The term “reflux” is best described as

A continuous evaporation and condensation.
B heating to evaporation and separation.
C heating under reduced pressure and separation.
D constant boiling.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The alcohol shown below can be classified as OH

OH
A just primary.
B primary and secondary.
C just secondary.
D secondary and tertiary.
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P42983A0220*
4
C2H5Br + NaOH C2H4 + NaBr + H2O
This reaction is an example of
A addition.
B elimination.
C hydrolysis.
D oxidation.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following is not a greenhouse gas?

A H
2O

B NO
C CH
4

D O2
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which type of radiation is absorbed by molecules and results in the greenhouse effect?
A Infrared
B Microwave
C Ultraviolet
D X-ray
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 It is important to lower the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere because of

concerns over which environmental problem?

A Acid rain
B Global warming
C Non-biodegradability
D Ozone depletion
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

*P42983A0320* 3
Turn over
8 The meaning of homolytic fission is
A bond-breaking to form two free radicals.
B bond-making to form two free radicals.
C bond-breaking to form a cation and an anion.
D bond-making to form a cation and an anion.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 What are the strongest forces between molecules of hydrogen fluoride, HF?
A Dipole-dipole forces.
B Hydrogen bonds.
C Ionic interactions.
D London forces.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The diagram below is taken from a student’s examination paper. It shows the
hydrogen bonding between two water molecules.
Identify the error in the diagram.

A The H–O–H bond angle within each water molecule should be 90.
B There should only be one lone pair of electrons on each oxygen atom.
¨ C The O–H–O bond angle between the water molecules should be 180.
D The hydrogen atoms should be – and the oxygen atoms should be +

.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

4 *P42983A0420*
11 The boiling temperatures from methane to propane increase because
A the number of ions increases, so there are stronger electrostatic attractions.
B the covalent bonds are getting stronger, so require more energy to break.
C there are more covalent bonds, so more energy is needed to break them.
D the number of electrons increases, so there are stronger London forces.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 In a chemical reaction, which of the following factors increases the proportion of

particles that have sufficient energy to react?
A A decrease in concentration
B An increase in concentration
C A decrease in temperature
D An increase in temperature
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 A ‘greener’ chemical process will be one that

A uses energy less efficiently.
B forms a non-polluting waste product.
C produces significant amounts of waste.
D makes use of non-renewable resources.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following cannot alter the position of a chemical equilibrium?

A Increasing the amount of catalyst
B Increasing the reactant concentration
C Increasing the temperature
D Increasing the total pressure
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

*P42983A0520* 5
Turn over
15 CO(g)+ 2H 2(g) CH3OH(g) H = –91 kJ mol–1
The conditions which would produce the greatest yield of methanol are
A high pressure and high temperature.
B high pressure and low temperature.
C low pressure and low temperature.
D low pressure and high temperature.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 What is the oxidation number of chlorine in Cl

2O7?

A –1
B +1
C –7
D +7
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 The concentration of a solution of potassium iodate(V) can be determined by the

liberation of iodine, followed by titration with sodium thiosulfate.
A suitable indicator is
A methyl orange.
B phenolphthalein.
C starch.
D universal indicator.
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

6 *P42983A0620*
18 The thermite reaction, shown below, is a useful industrial process.

Fe2O3(s) + 2Al(s) 2Fe(l) + Al 2O3(s)

The iron in this reaction undergoes

A disproportionation.
B oxidation.
C redox.
D reduction.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 Which of the following molecules has a linear shape and bond angles of 180?
A CH
4

B H2O
C CO
2

D SF6
(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

20 What would be the experimental observations if chlorine gas was bubbled through
potassium iodide solution, followed by the addition of cyclohexane?
A The solution turns brown, then two layers are produced and the top layer is
purple.
B A white precipitate is formed, which then dissolves to leave a colourless
solution.
C Bubbles of gas are seen and then a brown precipitate is formed.
D The solution remains colourless, and then two layers are seen with the bottom
layer being brown.

(Total for Question 20 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42983A0720* 7
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a cross .

1 The overall equation for a reaction between two chemicals, M and N, is

M + 2N P + Q
(a) This reaction occurs spontaneously at room temperature. Which of the following
must be true?
(1)

A H reaction is positive.

B H reaction is negative.

C S total is positive.

D S total is negative.

(b) The reaction above occurs in two stages via an intermediate, T.

M + N T slow
N + T P + Q fast
From this it can be deduced that the rate equation for the reaction between Mand
N is
(1)
A rate = k[M][N]
B rate = k[M][N]2
C rate = k[M][T]
D rate = k[N][T]

(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

2 *P41572A0224*
2 Calcium carbonate decomposes at high temperature to form calcium oxide and
carbon dioxide:

CaCO CaO(s) + CO
3(s) 2(g)

Calcium carbonate is thermodynamically stable at room temperature because for

this reaction

A the activation energy is high.

B the enthalpy change, H, is positive.

C entropy change of the system ( Ssystem) is positive.

D entropy change of the system ( Ssystem) is negative.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 2-methylpropane has a smaller standard molar entropy at 298K than butane. The best
explanation for this is that 2-methylpropane has
A a lower boiling temperature.
B a higher standard molar enthalpy change of formation.
C fewer ways of distributing energy quanta.
D more ways of distributing energy quanta.
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P41572A0324* 3
Turn over
4 (a) For the equilibrium reaction between hydrogen and iodine

H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)

increasing the pressure of the system
(1)
A has no effect on the rate or the position of equilibrium.
B increases the rate but does not affect the position of equilibrium.
C increases the rate and shifts the equilibrium to the right.
D increases the rate and shifts the equilibrium to the left.

(b) The equation for the equilibrium reaction between hydrogen and iodine may also be
written as

½H HI(g)
2(g) + ½I2(g)

This change to the equation, compared to that in part (a),

(1)
A has no effect on the value of the equilibrium constant.
B halves the value of the equilibrium constant.
C doubles the value of the equilibrium constant.
D square roots the value of the equilibrium constant.
(Total for Question 4 = 2 marks)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

4 *P41572A0424*
5 The first stage in the manufacture of nitric acid is the oxidation of ammonia:

4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) 4NO(g) + 6H 2O(g) H = –906 kJmol–1

(a) In modern industrial plants this reaction is carried out at a pressure of around
3atm. Which of the following statements is incorrect? The raised pressure
(1)
A helps push the reactants through the reactor.
B shifts the position of equilibrium to the right.
C increases the cost of the reactor.
D increases the energy cost of this part of the process.

(b) A platinum-rhodium alloy catalyst is used in this reaction. Which of the following
statements is incorrect? The catalyst
(1)

A lowers the activation energy of the reaction.

B has no effect on the equilibrium constant for the reaction.
C alters the enthalpy change of the reaction.
D reduces the energy cost of this part of the process.

(c) The operating temperature of this reaction is about 900C. The use of a high
temperature
(1)

A increases the rate of the reaction and the equilibrium yield.

B increases the rate of the reaction and decreases the equilibrium yield.
C decreases the rate of the reaction and the equilibrium yield.
D decreases the rate of the reaction and increases the equilibrium yield.
(Total for Question 5 = 3 marks)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P41572A0524* 5
Turn over
6 Ammonium chloride decomposes on heating:

NH4Cl(s) NH3(g) + HCl(g)

The equilibrium constant, Kp, for this reaction equals

A PP
NHHCl
3×

B 1
PP ×
NHHCl
3

PP ×
NHHCl
C P3
NHCl
4

P
NHCl
D 4

PP
NHHCl
3×

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 The dissociation constant of water, Kw, increases with increasing temperature. When the temperature increases,
water
A remains neutral.
B dissociates less.
C becomes acidic.
D becomes alkaline.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The reaction between concentrated sulfuric acid and pure ethanoic acid is

CH3COOH + H2SO4 CH3COOH2+ + HSO4¯

The Brønsted-Lowry acids in this equilibrium are

A CH 3COOH and H2SO4

B CH 3COOH2+ and HSO4–

C H 2SO4 and CH3COOH2+

D CH 3COOH and HSO4–

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

6 *P41572A0624*
9 An aqueous solution of ethanoic acid is gradually diluted. Which of the following
statements is incorrect?
A The pH decreases.

B The value of Ka is unchanged.

C The concentration of ethanoic acid molecules decreases.
D The proportion of ethanoic acid molecules which dissociates increases.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 Methyl orange and phenolphthalein are both acid-base indicators. In the titration of
a strong acid against a weak alkali
A methyl orange is a suitable indicator but phenolphthalein is not.
B phenolphthalein is a suitable indicator but methyl orange is not.
C both phenolphthalein and methyl orange are suitable indicators.
D neither phenolphthalein nor methyl orange is a suitable indicator.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Select the word that best describes the effect of a chiral molecule on the plane of
plane-polarized light. The plane of polarization of light is
A reflected.
B refracted.
C resolved.
D rotated.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 An organic compound reacts with both acidified potassium dichromate(VI) and

lithium tetrahydridoaluminate (lithium aluminium hydride). The organic compound
could be
A a primary alcohol.
B an aldehyde.
C a ketone.
D a carboxylic acid.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

*P41572A0724* 7
Turn over
13 Ketones react with
A both 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solution and Tollens’ reagent.
B 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solution but not with Tollens’ reagent.
C Tollens’ reagent but not with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solution.
D neither Tollens’ reagent nor 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solution.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Ethanoic acid, CH
3COOH, may be prepared from ethanenitrile, CH3CN. This reaction is

best described as
A reduction.
B oxidation.
C hydrolysis.
D condensation.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Propanoic acid reacts with methanol to form an ester. The structure of the ester is
OH H H
A HOCCCCH
H H H

O H H
C C CH
B HO H
HCH
H
H O H H
C HCCOCCH
H H H

H H O H
D HCCCOCH
H H H
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

8 *P41572A0824*
16 The boiling temperature of ethanoic acid is very much higher than that of butane
although these molecules have similar numbers of electrons. This is because
ethanoic acid has
A stronger covalent bonds.
B stronger ionic bonds.
C greater London forces.
D hydrogen bonding.

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P41572A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION B

Answer ALL the questions. Write your answers in the spaces provided.

17 The equation for the combustion of hydrogen is

H H
2(g) + ½O2(g) 2O(l)

(a) Use the standard molar entropies on page 2 and page 25 of the data booklet to
calculate the standard entropy change of the system ( Ssystem) for this reaction.
Note that the standard molar entropies of the elements are given per atom so
that the standard molar entropy of oxygen, S [½O2(g)] = +102.5 J mol–1 K–1.
(3)

(b) The standard enthalpy change for the combustion of hydrogen is –285.8kJmol–1. Use
this value to calculate the entropy change of the surroundings for the
combustion of hydrogen at 298K. Give your answer to 3 significant figures and
include a sign and units.
(3)

10 *P41572A01024*
 (c) Use your answers to (a) and (b) to calculate the total entropy change ( S total) for

the combustion of 1mol of hydrogen. Include a sign and units in your answer.
(2)

*(d) By considering both the thermodynamic stability and the kinetic inertness of a
mixture of hydrogen and oxygen, explain why hydrogen does not react with oxygen unless
ignited.
(2)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(Total for Question 17 = 10 marks)

*P41572A01124* 11
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 The correct sequence for the processes that occur in a mass spectrometer is
A vaporization, ionization, acceleration, deflection and detection.
B vaporization, acceleration, ionization, deflection and detection.
C ionization, vaporization, acceleration, deflection and detection.
D ionization, vaporization, deflection, acceleration and detection.
(Total for Question = 1 mark)

4 Which of the following ions would be deflected most in a mass spectrometer?

A 35Cl+
B 37Cl+
C 37Cl2+
D (35Cl —37Cl)+
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 A particle with a single positive charge and with the electronic configuration 1s2 2s2
2p6 is

A a sodium ion.
B a fluoride ion.
C an oxide ion.
D a potassium ion.
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P42970A0224*
4 In which of the following electronic configurations are only two of the electrons
unpaired?
A 1s2 2s2
B 1s2 2s2 2p3
C 1s2 2s2 2p4
D 1s2 2s2 2p5
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following contains a dative covalent bond?

AN
2

B NH
3

C NH
2–

D NH
4+

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 Which of the following ions has the largest ionic radius?

A F–
B Mg2+
C Na+
D O2–
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 Which of the following observations provides the best evidence for the presence of ionic
bonding in an unknown substance?
The substance conducts electricity
A in the solid state.
B in the solid state and in aqueous solution.
C in the solid state and when molten.
D when molten but not in the solid state.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

*P42970A0324* 3
Turn over
8 Which of the following can be determined, for an unknown alkene, using only
percentage composition by mass data?
A Molecular formula
B Empirical (simplest) formula
C Both the molecular formula and the empirical (simplest) formula
D Structural formula
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 1.12 g of iron reacts with oxygen to form 1.60 g of an oxide of iron.

Use relative atomic masses: Fe = 56, O = 16.
What is the formula of this oxide of iron?
A FeO
5

B Fe
2O10

C Fe
3O2

D Fe
2O3

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 In an experiment, 1.226 g of potassium chlorate(V), KClO 3, was heated. A mass of

0.320 g of oxygen gas, O 2, was collected.

2KClO3(s) 2KCl(s) + 3O 2(g)

Use the molar mass of KClO 3 = 122.6 g mol−1 and relative atomic mass O = 16.

The percentage yield of oxygen in this experiment is

A 17.4%
B 26.1%
C 66.7%
D 100%
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

4 *P42970A0424*
11 Oxygen gas, O 2, can be converted into ozone, O3, by passing it through an electric

discharge.

3O 2O
2(g) 3(g)

In an experiment, a volume of 300 cm3 of oxygen was used but only 10% of the
oxygen was converted into ozone. All volumes were measured at the same temperature and
pressure.

The total volume of gas present at the end of the experiment, in cm3, was
A 200
B 210
C 290
D 300
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 1.40 g of an alkene gave 3.77 g of a dichloroalkane on reaction with chlorine.

What is the molecular formula of the alkene?
AC
2H4

BC
3H6

CC
4H8

DC
6H12

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 The standard enthalpy change for the combustion of graphite is –393.5 kJ mol−1 and
that of diamond is –395.4 kJ mol–1.

What is the standard enthalpy change for the reaction below, in kJ mol−1?

C(s, graphite) C(s, diamond)

A –1.9
B +1.9
C –788.9
D +788.9
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

*P42970A0524* 5
Turn over
14 The standard enthalpy change of neutralization when an acid reacts with an alkali is
the number of kilojoules released by the
A formation of one mole of salt.
B formation of one mole of water.
C neutralization of one mole of acid.
D neutralization of one mole of alkali.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 Consider the following bond enthalpy values.

BondBond enthalpy / kJ mol–1

OO+146
OH+463 OO+496
For the reaction
H O O H ( g ) H O H ( g ) +
½ O O ( g )
the enthalpy change, in kJ mol–1, is
A –102
B +102
C +350
D +394

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

6 *P42970A0624*
16 Using the data in the table below, calculate the standard enthalpy change, in
kJ mol–1, for the reaction between carbon disulfide, CS 2, and oxygen shown in the

following equation.
CS CO
2(g) + 3O2(g) 2(g) + 2SO2(g)

Substance Standard enthalpy change of

formation, H / kJ mol–1
f

CS +110
2(g)

CO2(g) –390
SO –290
2(g)

A –570
B –790
C –860
D –1080
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 (a) Which of the following represents a step in the mechanism during the reaction
between ethene and hydrogen bromide?
(1)
AC C
2H4 + Br+ 2H4Br+

BC C
2H4 + HBr 2H5+ + Br–

CC C
2H4 + HBr 2H5 + Br

DC C
2H4 + HBr 2H4Br– + H+

(b) The mechanism of the reaction between ethene and hydrogen bromide is
(1)
A electrophilic addition.
B electrophilic substitution.
C nucleophilic addition.
D nucleophilic substitution.
(Total for Question 17 = 2 marks)

*P42970A0724* 7
Turn over
18 Which of the following pairs are cis-trans isomers?

H Cl Cl Cl H Cl Cl H
CC CC CC CC
H Cl H H Cl H Cl H
1 234
A 1 and 2
B 1 and 4
C 2 and 3
D 3 and 4
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 What is the systematic name for the hydrocarbon shown below?

CH
3

CH3CHCHCH3

CH3
A 1,4-dimethylbutane
B 2,3-dimethylbutane
C 2,3-dimethylhexane
D 1,1,2,2-tetramethylethane

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P42970A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 Which of the following diagrams represents the electrons in the ground state of a boron
atom?

1s2s2p 2p 2p
x y z

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following species contains the same number of electrons as neutrons?
11

A 5B
B 23Na+
11

C 24 Mg2+
12

19

D 9F–
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 The recommended limit for safe exposure to sulfur dioxide in the air is 0.000025 %. What
is this concentration in parts per million, ppm?

A 25
B 0.25
C 0.025
D 0.0025
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P42990A0228*
4 For which of the following pairs of elements does the second have a higher 1st
ionization energy than the first?

First elementSecond element

A MgAl

B N O

C NeNa

D K N a

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 In which of the following series of elements is there an increase in the melting

temperatures from left to right?
A Na Mg Al
B Li Na K
C BCN
D Si P S
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 What is the number of atoms in 2.8 g of ethene, C 2H4?

DATA

The molar mass of C 2H4 is 28 g mol–1

The Avogadro constant is 6.0 × 1023 mol–1
A 1.0 × 1022
B 6.0 × 1022
C 1.2 × 1023
D 3.6 × 1023
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

*P42990A0328* 3
Turn over
7 A compound has the following percentage composition by mass.
C 61.0% H 15.3% N 23.7%
The empirical formula of the compound is

A CH3N
B C
3H9N

C C
6H9N2

D C8H2N3
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Carbon monoxide and oxygen react together as follows.

2CO(g) + O 2CO
2(g) 2(g)

If all volumes of gas are measured at the same temperature and pressure, the volume of
carbon dioxide produced after 50 cm3 of carbon monoxide react with 25 cm3 of oxygen is
A 100 cm3
B 75 cm3
C 50 cm3
D 25 cm3
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Potassium chlorate(V), KClO3, decomposes on heating as follows.

2KClO 2KCl(s) + 3O
3(s) 2(g)

What is the maximum volume of oxygen, measured in dm3 at room temperature and
pressure, which could be obtained by heating 0.50 mol potassium chlorate(V)?

[Molar volume of a gas = 24 dm3 mol–1 at room temperature and pressure.]

A 8
B 18
C 36
D 72
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

4 *P42990A0428*
10 A spot of blue solution was placed in the centre of a piece of moist filter paper

supported on a microscope slide and the following experiment was carried out. DC

supply

+ –
moist filter
paper on
microscope slide
position of
blue solution
at start

After some time, a blue colour moved towards the negative terminal, but no change was
visible in the region of the positive terminal. This is because

A the negative ions in the solution were colourless and the positive ions were blue.
B the positive ions in the solution were colourless and the negative ions were blue.
C the negative ions in the solution had not moved but the positive ions had moved.
D the positive ions in the solution had not moved but the negative ions had moved.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 The reaction for which the enthalpy change is the standard enthalpy change of
formation of water, H
f,298, is

A H2(g) + ½O2(g) H2O(l)

B H2(g) + ½O2(g) H2O(g)
C 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(l)
D 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(g)
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

*P42990A0528* 5
Turn over
12 Which of the following molecules does not contain a double bond?

A CO2
B C2Cl4
C C3F8
D C2H2Cl2
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 The bonding in lithium iodide has some covalent character because

A the lithium ion polarizes the iodide ion.
B the iodide ion polarizes the lithium ion.
C there is a very large difference in electronegativity between lithium and
iodine.
D there is a very small difference in electronegativity between lithium and
iodine.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following data is not needed to calculate the lattice energy of sodium
chloride when using a Born-Haber cycle?
A Enthalpy change of formation of sodium chloride.
B Enthalpy change of atomization of sodium.
C First ionization energy of chlorine.
D Electron affinity of chlorine.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

15 The lattice energy of magnesium oxide is more negative than the lattice energy of
magnesium fluoride because
A oxide ions are larger than fluoride ions.
B oxide ions are larger than magnesium ions.
C oxide ions are more highly charged than fluoride ions.
D there is only one oxide ion but two fluoride ions per magnesium ion.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

6 *P42990A0628*
16 This question is about the organic compounds shown below.

W X Y Z

(a) The compounds which are isomers are

(1)
A W and X
B W and Y
C W and Z
D X and Z

(b) Which compound can react with chlorine to form C 6H12Cl2 as the only product?
(1)
A Compound W
B Compound X
C Compound Y
D Compound Z

(c) Which compound is reformed in the oil industry, producing one mole of a
compound with formula C6H6 and four moles of hydrogen, H2, only?
(1)
A Compound W
B Compound X
C Compound Y
D Compound Z

(Total for Question 16 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

*P42990A0728* 7
Turn over
17 Which of the following equations shows the first step in the mechanism for the
reaction between hydrogen bromide and ethene?

H H H H
A CC HCCH + Br–
+
H H H
H
Br

H H H H
B CC HCCH + H+
–
H H Br
Br
H

H H H H
C CC HCCH + Br–
+
H H H
H
Br

H H H H
D CC HCCH + H+
–
H H Br
Br
H

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

8 *P42990A0828*
18 Scientists are developing sources of energy as alternatives to fuels produced from
crude oil. Which of the following reasons for doing this is incorrect?
A Crude oil is being used up faster than it is being formed.
B Burning hydrocarbons affects global carbon dioxide levels.
C Hydrocarbons from crude oil are a source of essential chemicals other than
fuels.
D Carbon dioxide produced by burning hydrocarbons is toxic to plants.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42990A0928* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A
Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 When sodium is added to ethanol, which of the following observations would be made?
A Colour change of orange to green
B Effervescence
C Yellow flame
D No change
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Which of the following substances does not have intermolecular hydrogen bonds?
A Ethanoic acid, CH
3COOH

B Propanone, CH
3COCH3

C Methanol, CH
3OH

D Water, H
2O

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following molecules has the lowest boiling temperature?

Pentane C
3H6

AB C DA
B
C
D
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P42971A0224*
4 Which of the following molecules has the highest melting temperature?

ABCD
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Which of the following isomeric alcohols, with molecular formula C5H12O, can be oxidized
to a carboxylic acid with five carbon atoms?

OH
A

B
OH

C
OH

D OH
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P42971A0324* 3
Turn over
6 Consider the infrared spectrum shown below.

100

Transmittance
/ %
50

0
40003000200015001000500 Wavenumber / cm–1

The IR absorption ranges associated with some organic functional groups are given
below.

O–H stretching in alcohols (variable, broad) 3750 – 3200

cm–1 O–H stretching in carboxylic acids (weak) 3300 – 2500
cm–1 C=O stretching in aldehydes (strong) 1740 – 1720 cm–1

C=O stretching in ketones (strong) 1700 – 1680 cm–1 C=O

stretching in carboxylic acids, alkyl (strong) 1725 – 1700 cm–

C–H stretching in aldehydes (weak) 2900 – 2820 cm–1 and 2775 – 2700

c m – 1 Which of the following could have produced the above spectrum?

A An aldehyde
B An alcohol
C A carboxylic acid
D A ketone
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

4 *P42971A0424*
7 In a mass spectrum of butane, C4H10, where would a peak be seen for the molecular ion if it had a charge of 2+?
A 29
B 56
C 58
D 60
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 When a flame test is carried out on calcium iodide, the colour of the flame is
A yellow-red.
B pale green.
C purple.
D crimson.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 The indicator methyl orange is a weak acid and may be represented by the formula
HA(aq). The equation for its dissociation is shown below.

HA(aq) A – ( a q ) + H + ( a q )
Colour: Red Yellow
Under certain conditions, at equilibrium, a solution of HA has a yellow colour. On
addition of a small volume of dilute sodium hydroxide, the colour of this solution would
A change from yellow to red.
B change from yellow to orange.
C change from yellow to orange and then to red.
D not change.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

*P42971A0524* 5
Turn over
10 Consider the following Group 2 compounds.

Group 2 hydroxidesGroup 2 sulfates

Mg(OH)2 MgSO
4

Ca(OH)2 CaSO4
Sr(OH)2 SrSO4
The solubility
A increases down the group for both hydroxides and sulfates.
B increases down the group for hydroxides but increases up the group for sulfates.
C increases up the group for hydroxides but increases down the group for sulfates.
D increases up the group for both hydroxides and sulfates.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following is the correct equation for the decomposition of the
corresponding nitrate?
A 4LiNO 2Li + 4NO + O
3 2O 2 2

B 4NaNO 2Na + 4NO + O

3 2O 2 2

C Mg(NO Mg(NO +O
3)2 2)2 2

D Ba(NOBa(NO+ O
3)2 2)2 2

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

12 What is the oxidation number of phosphorus in P

4O6?

A +3
B +4
C +5
D +6
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

6 *P42971A0624*
13 For barium, the third ionization energy is higher than the second ionization energy
because
A there is an increase in the number of protons.
B there is an increase in the shielding.
C the ionic radius is greater.
D the electron being removed is closer to the nucleus.
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 The reaction profile for an endothermic reaction is shown below.

B Products

Energy A C
D
Reactants

Progress of reaction
(a) Which arrow represents the activation energy for the forward reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which arrow represents the activation energy for the backward reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 14 = 2 marks)

*P42971A0724* 7
Turn over
15 Consider the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of energies for a gas shown below.
Earepresents the activation energy.

Ea

Number of
particles with
energy, E

Energy, E

The shaded area of the diagram indicates the total number of particles that
A do have enough energy to react.
B do not have enough energy to react.
C do have enough energy to react in the presence of a catalyst.
D do not have enough energy to react in the presence of a catalyst.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Which of the following is a pure form of carbon that has both hexagonal and
pentagonal rings in its structure and can conduct electricity?
A Charcoal
B Buckminsterfullerene
C Diamond
D Graphite
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 Hydrogen, H
2. is not a completely ‘carbon neutral’ fuel. Which of the following is an

incorrect reason for this?

A Some CO
2 is released in the transportation of H2 fuel.

B CO
2 is made when the electricity is generated for the manufacture of H2.

C A small amount of CO
2 is produced on the combustion of H2 fuel.

D CO
2 is released during the construction of the H2 manufacturing plant.

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

8 *P42971A0824*
18 When steam is passed over heated magnesium, which of the following occurs?

A Mg + H 2O MgO + H 2

B Mg + H 2O MgOH + ½H 2

C Mg + 2H 2O Mg(OH) 2 + H2
D There is no reaction with the magnesium.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 Which of the following will not affect the rate of the reaction below?
CaCO CaCl
3(s) + 2HCl(aq) 2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

A Surface area
B Concentration
C Pressure
D Temperature

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42971A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 This question concerns the shapes of the hydrides of Group 5 elements.

(a) What is the approximate HNH bond angle in the ammonium ion, NH 4+?

(1)
A 90°
B 104.5°
C 107°
D 109.5°

(b) Suggest the shape of the phosphine molecule, PH 3.

(1)
A Trigonal planar
B Trigonal pyramidal
C Trigonal bipyramidal
D Octahedral
(Total for Question 1 = 2 marks)

2 Graphite has a structure containing layers of carbon atoms in hexagonal rings. Why is
graphite a good conductor of electricity?

A It has delocalized ions which can move and carry charge.

B It has delocalized electrons which are mobile.
C There are only weak London forces between the layers.
D Each carbon atom in the layers has only three covalent bonds.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

2 *P42991A0224*
3 The following system was allowed to reach equilibrium at 300°C.

2HI(g) H 2(g) +I H = 53.0 kJ mol–1

2(g)

Colourless Colourless Purple

(a) What would you see if the equilibrium mixture was cooled to 250°C?
(1)
A No visible change.
B The colour gets lighter.
C The mixture turns colourless.
D The mixture goes a darker purple.
(b) The equilibrium mixture at 300°C was compressed in a gas syringe to occupy a
smaller volume. What would be seen immediately?
(1)
A No visible change.
B The colour gets lighter.
C The mixture turns colourless.
D The mixture goes a darker purple.
(Total for Question 3 = 2 marks)

4 A solution of iodine in aqueous potassium iodide is brown. The following equilibrium

exists in this solution.

I2(aq) + H2O(l) IO(aq) + I(aq) + 2H+(aq)

Brown Colourless
What would be the effect, if any, on the colour of the solution if five drops of dilute
sodium hydroxide solution were added to 5 cm3 of the iodine solution?
A No visible change.
B The colour gets lighter.
C The mixture turns colourless.
D The mixture goes a darker colour.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

*P42991A0324* 3
Turn over
5 The skeletal formulae of some 6-carbon bromoalkanes are shown below.

Br Br Br Br

ABCD
(a) Which of the above bromoalkanes is not a structural isomer of the others?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(b) Which of the above is not a secondary bromoalkane?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 5 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

4 *P42991A0424*
6 Cl

The molecule shown above is 3-chloro-3-methylhexane. It reacts with hot, alcoholic

potassium hydroxide to produce a number of different alkenes. This reaction can be classified as

A elimination.
B oxidation.
C reduction.
D substitution.
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 A reaction mechanism is shown below.

CH3 CH3 :Br– CH3

H3C C+Br– H3C C+ H CCH
3C 3 + :Br–

CH3 CH3 OH
: OH–

The hydroxide ion is acting as

A an electrophile.
B a catalyst.
C a free radical.
D a nucleophile.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of the following reagents gives a positive result with a tertiary alcohol?
A Acidified potassium dichromate(VI) solution
B Phosphorus(V) chloride
C Dilute sulfuric acid
D Bromine water
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P42991A0524* 5
Turn over
9 What effect does infrared radiation have on the covalent bonds in water molecules in the
atmosphere?
A They are broken to form free radicals.
B They are broken into ions.
C The bonds vibrate more vigorously.
D There is no effect on the bonds.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 Alkanes are now being used as aerosol propellants as an alternative to CFCs.

Although they have no effect on the ozone layer, they have the disadvantage of
A having high reactivity.
B being hard to evaporate.
C being greenhouse gases.
D having an unpleasant smell.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 One definition of the term ‘carbon footprint’ is

‘the amount of carbon dioxide produced when a fuel is burned.’

FuelEnergy density / MJ l–1 CO2 produced on combustion / g l–1

Paraffin462580

Given the information above, what is the carbon footprint for paraffin in terms of grams of CO
2 produced per MJ of energy?

A 46
B 56.09
C 2580
D 118 680
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *P42991A0624*
12 The diagram below shows the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of molecular energies
for a catalysed reaction.

E
a

Number of
molecules with
energy, E

Energy, E

(a) If the temperature were lowered , what would be the effect on the shape of the
curve?
(1)
A The peak would shift to the left and be higher.
B The peak would shift to the left and be lower.
C The peak would shift to the right and be higher.
D The peak would shift to the right and be lower.

(b) Which of the following would shift the activation energy line to the right?
(1)
A An increase in reactant concentration.
B The removal of the product.
C The removal of the catalyst.
D The use of smaller particles with a larger surface area.
(Total for Question 12 = 2 marks)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P42991A0724* 7
Turn over
13 Which of the arrows, A, B, C, D, indicates the activation energy for a catalysed
reaction on the reaction profile shown?

BC

EnergyReactants A

Products D

Progress of reaction
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Which of the following molecules is polar?

A CO
2

B SO 2

C SO 3

DO 2

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

8 *P42991A0824*
15 Although they have the same relative molecular mass, the boiling temperatures of hexane
(69°C) and 2,2-dimethylbutane (49°C) are significantly different. The reason for this is that
A the intermolecular forces are stronger between hexane molecules because it
has more electrons.
B there are significantly stronger permanent dipole forces between hexane
molecules.
C the covalent bonds in hexane are stronger and so it requires more energy to
break them.
D the molecular shape of hexane molecules allows them to form stronger
London forces.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Which of the following reactions is the most likely to occur with chlorine in hot,
concentrated sodium hydroxide solution?
A Cl 2 + 2NaOH NaCl + NaClO + H 2O

B 2Cl 2 + 4NaOH 3NaCl + NaClO + 2H

2 2O

C 3Cl 2 + 6NaOH 5NaCl + NaClO + 3H

3 2O

D 4Cl 2 + 8NaOH 7NaCl + NaClO + 4H

4 2O

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42991A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 This question is about four organic compounds, each containing two carbon atoms.

A CH3CH2OH
B CH
3CHO

C CH
3COOH

D CH3COCl
(a) Which is oxidized by ammoniacal silver nitrate?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(b) Which has the highest boiling temperature?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(c) 0.01 mol of each compound is heated separately with excess acidified
sodium dichromate(VI).

Which compound reduces the largest amount of sodium dichromate(VI)?

(1)
A
B
C
D

2 *P42972A0224*
(d) 0.01 mol of each compound is added separately to identical volumes of water.
Which solution would have the lowest pH?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 4 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P42972A0324* 3
Turn over
2 Four sketch graphs are shown below.

A B

C D

(a) Which could be a graph of the concentration of a reactant, on the vertical axis,
against time for a zero order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which could be a graph of rate of reaction, on the vertical axis, against the
concentration of a reactant for a first order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

4 *P42972A0424*
 (c) Which could be a graph of rate of reaction, on the vertical axis, against the square
of the concentration of a reactant for a second order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) Which could be a graph of the concentration of a reactant, on the vertical axis,
against time for a reaction which is catalysed by a product?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 2 = 4 marks)

3 Which of the following mixtures would form the best buffer solution with pH 9 for use
in a school laboratory?
A Ethanoic acid and sodium ethanoate
B Sodium chloride and sodium hydroxide
C Hydrocyanic acid and sodium cyanide
D Ammonium chloride and ammonia
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P42972A0524* 5
Turn over
4 Select the correct pH for each of the following solutions.
(a) 2 mol dm−3 nitric acid.
(1)
A −2
B −0.3
C +0.3
D +2

(b) 0.10 mol dm−3 barium hydroxide, Ba(OH) 2. Kw = 1.0 10−14 mol2 dm−6.
(1)
A 13.0
B 13.3
C 13.7
D 14.3

(c) A mixture of 20 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm−3 hydrochloric acid and 10 cm3 of 1.0 mol
dm−3 sodium hydroxide.
(1)
A 0
B 0.30
C 0.48
D 7
(Total for Question 4 = 3 marks)

5 Ammonia reacts with water in a reversible reaction. Which are the Brønsted-Lowry bases?
A H
2O and OH–

B NH
3 and OH–

C NH
4. and H2O

D NH
4. and NH3

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 *P42972A0624*
6 The formula for oleic acid, which is present in fingerprints, is shown below.

CH3(CH2)7 (CH 2)7COOH

CC
H H

(a) The systematic name for oleic acid is

(1)
A E-octadec-9-enoic acid.
B Z-octadec-9-enoic acid.
C E-octadec-8-enoic acid.
D Z-octadec-8-enoic acid.

(b) Which intermolecular forces are present between oleic acid molecules?
(1)
A Hydrogen bonds only.
B Hydrogen bonds and permanent dipole-dipole forces only.
C Hydrogen bonds, permanent dipole-dipole forces and London forces.
D Hydrogen bonds and London forces only.

(c) Which of the following species is most likely to cause a peak at m/e = 45 in the
mass spectrum of oleic acid?
(1)
A CH2CH2OH
B CH
2CH2OH+

C COOH
D COOH+

(d) What would you expect to see if oleic acid is tested separately with bromine water
and with phosphorus(V) chloride, PCl 5?

(1)
Bromine waterPhosphorus(V) chloride, PCl
5

A DecolorisesSteamy fumes
B No colour changeNo visible change
C DecolorisesNo visible change
D No colour changeSteamy fumes

(Total for Question 6 = 4 marks)

*P42972A0724* 7
Turn over
7 Methane hydrate is found on continental shelves deep in oceans. It forms methane in an
endothermic equilibrium reaction, which may be represented as

CH CH
4.6H2O(s) 4(g) + 6H2O(l)

(a) Which of the following changes would increase the equilibrium yield of
methane?
(1)
A Increasing the temperature and decreasing the pressure.
B Decreasing both the temperature and the pressure.
C Increasing both the temperature and the pressure.
D Decreasing the temperature and increasing the pressure.

(b) Which of the following would decrease the value of the equilibrium constant, Kp,
for the above equilibrium?
(1)
A Decreasing the pressure
B Increasing the pressure
C Decreasing the temperature
D Increasing the temperature
(Total for Question 7 = 2 marks)

8 When one optically active isomer of 3-chloro-3-methylhexane reacts with hydroxide ions
to form 3-methylhexan-3-ol, a racemic mixture forms because
A 3-chloro-3-methylhexane forms a carbocation intermediate.
B the reaction is a nucleophilic substitution.
C 3-chloro-3-methylhexane forms a five-bonded transition state.
D 3-methylhexan-3-ol contains a chiral carbon.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P42972A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Four organic compounds are:

A CH3OH
B HCHO
C HCOOH

D HCOOCH3
(a) Which of these compounds has a fruity smell?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(b) 0.01 mol of each compound is added separately to identical volumes of water.
Which solution would have the lowest pH?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(c) 0.01 mol of each compound is heated separately with excess acidified sodium
dichromate(VI) solution. Which compound reduces the largest amount of sodium dichromate(VI)?
(1)
A
B
C
D

2 *P42988A0224*
(d) Which compound has the highest boiling temperature?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(e) Which of these compounds can be oxidized by ammoniacal silver nitrate?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 1 = 5 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P42988A0324* 3
Turn over
2 Four sketch graphs are shown below.

A B

C D

(a) Which could be a graph of rate of reaction, on the vertical axis, against the
concentration of a reactant for a zero order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D
(b) Which could be a graph of rate of reaction, on the vertical axis, against the square of
the concentration of a reactant for a second order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

4 *P42988A0424*
 (c) Which could be a graph of the concentration of a reactant, on the vertical axis,
against time for a first order reaction?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(d) Which could be a graph of ln(rate), on the vertical axis, against reciprocal of
temperature, 1/T, for a reaction?

You may use the equation ln() rate Ea 1

=− × + constant
R T (1)
A
B
C
D
(Total for Question 2 = 4 marks)

3 Which of the following mixtures would form the best buffer solution with pH 5 for use
in a school laboratory?
A Ethanoic acid and sodium ethanoate
B Hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride
C Sodium hydroxide and sodium methanoate
D Ammonium chloride and ammonia
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P42988A0524* 5
Turn over
4 Suggest the most likely pH for each of the following solutions.
(a) 5.0 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid.
(1)
A +5
B +0.7
C –0.7
D –5
(b) 0.20 mol dm–3 strontium hydroxide, Sr(OH)
2

Kw = 1.0 10–14 mol2 dm–6

(1)
A 13.3
B 13.6
C 14.0
D 14.3
(c) A mixture of 20 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm–3 nitric acid and 10 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm–
3 sodium hydroxide.
(1)
A 0
B 0.30
C 0.48
D 7
(Total for Question 4 = 3 marks)

5 In liquid ammonia the following equilibrium is present.

NH 2NH
2. + NH4+ 3

Identify the Brønsted-Lowry base(s).

A NH2− only
B NH4+ only
C NH
2. and NH3

D NH 4+ and NH3

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 *P42988A0624*
6 The formula for oleyl alcohol, which is present in sperm whale oil and was used as a
lubricant, is shown below.

CH (CH
3(CH2)7 2)7CH2OH

C C
HH
(a) The systematic name for oleyl alcohol is
(1)
A E-octadec-9-en-1-ol.
B Z-octadec-9-en-1-ol.
C E-octadec-8-en-1-ol.
D Z-octadec-8-en-1-ol.
(b) Which intermolecular forces are present between oleyl alcohol molecules?
(1)
A London forces only
B Hydrogen bonds and London forces only
C Hydrogen bonds and permanent dipole–dipole forces only
D Hydrogen bonds, permanent dipole–dipole and London forces
(c) Which of the following is the most likely structure of the species to cause a peak
at m/e 31 in the mass spectrum of oleyl alcohol?
(1)
A CH3O
B CH 2OH

C CH
3O+

D CH2OH+
(d) What would you expect to see if oleyl alcohol is tested separately with bromine
water and heated with acidified sodium dichromate(VI) solution?
(1)

Bromine waterAcidified sodium dichromate(VI) solution

A DecolorisesTurns green
B No colour changeNo colour change
C DecolorisesNo colour change
D No colour changeTurns green

(Total for Question 6 = 4 marks)

*P42988A0724* 7
Turn over
7 Methane hydrate is found on continental shelves deep in oceans. It forms methane in an
endothermic equilibrium reaction, which may be represented as

CH CH
4.6H2O(s) 4(g) + 6H2O(l)

(a) Which of the following changes would decrease the equilibrium yield of
methane?
(1)
A Decreasing the temperature and decreasing the pressure.
B Increasing the temperature and decreasing the pressure.
C Decreasing the temperature and increasing the pressure.
D Increasing the temperature and increasing the pressure.

(b) Which of the following would increase the value of the equilibrium constant, Kp,
for the above equilibrium?
(1)
A Decreasing the pressure
B Increasing the pressure
C Decreasing the temperature
D Increasing the temperature

(Total for Question 7 = 2 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

8 *P42988A0824*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a cross .

1 In which of the following ions does the metal have an oxidation number of +2?

A MnO 42–

B VO2+
C [Fe(CN)
6]4–

D [CrCl
2(H2O)4]+

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Sulfur dioxide reacts with hydrogen sulfide to form water and sulfur. By considering the
changes in the oxidation numbers of sulfur, it can be deduced that, in this
reaction
A 1 mol of sulfur dioxide oxidizes 2 mol of hydrogen sulfide.
B 1 mol of sulfur dioxide reduces 2 mol of hydrogen sulfide.
C 2 mol of sulfur dioxide oxidizes 1 mol of hydrogen sulfide.
D 2 mol of sulfur dioxide reduces 1 mol of hydrogen sulfide.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

2 *P42989rA0228*
3 The diagram below shows a cell set up between a standard copper metal / copper(II) ion
electrode and a silver metal / silver(I) ion electrode in which the silver ion concentration is 0.1 mol
dm–3.

V
copper metal silver metal
salt bridge

1.0 mol dm–3 copper(II) 0.1 mol dm–3 silver

sulfate solution nitrate solution

At 298 K, the emf of this cell was +0.40 V. The electrode potential of the copper
metal / copper(II) ion electrode is +0.34 V. What is the electrode potential of this silver
metal / silver(I) ion electrode?

A –0.74 V
B –0.06 V
C +0.06 V
D +0.74 V
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 For the reaction

Zn(s) + Cu2+(aq) Cu(s) + Zn2+(aq)

E cell is positive. From this it can be deduced that, for this reaction,

A Stotal and lnK are positive.

B Stotal and lnK are negative.
C Stotal is positive and lnK is negative.
D Stotal is negative and lnK is positive.
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

*P42989rA0328* 3
Turn over
5 Sodium thiosulfate was used to determine the concentration of iodine by titration.
(a) The sodium thiosulfate solution was prepared by dissolving 4.5 g of sodium
thiosulfate in water and making the solution up to 250 cm3 in a volumetric flask. The
volumetric flask is accurate to ± 0.3 cm3 so, to match this accuracy, the mass of the sodium
thiosulfate should be accurate to at least
(1)
A ± 0.5 g
B ± 0.05 g
C ± 0.005 g
D ± 0.0005 g

(b) With the sodium thiosulfate in the burette, what is the colour of the solution in the
conical flask at the end-point of the reaction?
(1)
A Blue-black
B Colourless
C Red-brown
D Yellow
(Total for Question 5 = 2 marks)

6 In a hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell, hydrogen is

A oxidized at the anode.
B oxidized at the cathode.
C reduced at the anode.
D reduced at the cathode.

(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

4 *P42989rA0428*
7 The electronic configuration of iron is [Ar]3d64s2. What is the electronic configuration of
the iron(II) ion, Fe2+?
3d 4s
A [Ar]

B [Ar]

C [Ar]

D [Ar]

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Chromium has the electronic configuration [Ar]3d54s1. Which of the following

compounds is unlikely to exist?

A K 3CrO4
B CrO
2Cl2

C KCrO
2Cl

D KCrO 4

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 The shapes of the complexes [CrCl4]– and [CuCl2]– are

[CrCl [CuCl
4]– 2]–

A tetrahedrallinear

B square planarlinear

C tetrahedralV-shaped

D square planarV-shaped

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

*P42989rA0528* 5
Turn over
10 When EDTA is added to [Cu(NH
3)4]2+ in aqueous solution, the copper(II)-EDTA complex,

[Cu(EDTA)]2–, predominates in the resulting solution.

This is best explained by the fact that when [Cu(EDTA)]2– is formed from [Cu(NH 3)4]2+

A there are much stronger bonds between the ligands and the copper(II) ion.
B the reaction has a low activation energy.
C the reaction is exothermic.
D the total number of particles on the right-hand side of the equation is greater
than on the left.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 The graph below shows the variation in the colour intensity of different solutions
formed by mixing a 0.05 mol dm–3 solution of a metal ion X and a 0.05 mol dm–3
solution of a complexing agent Y, in the proportions shown on the graph.

Colour intensity

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 cm3 of X

1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 cm3 of Y
The most likely formula of the complex formed is

A X 2Y

B XY
2

C XY
3

D X
3Y

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *P42989rA0628*
12 When benzene reacts with fuming sulfuric acid, which species is most likely to be the
electrophile?
A H
3O+

B SO
3

C HSO 4–

D SO 42–

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Benzene reacts with propanoyl chloride in the presence of a suitable catalyst.

The skeletal formula of propanoyl chloride is
Cl

O
What is the organic product of this reaction?

A O

B O

C O

O
D

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

*P42989rA0728* 7
Turn over
14 Excess dilute sulfuric acid is added to phenylamine. What is the product of the
reaction?
O
OH
A S
O

NH2
O
B
S
HO
O

O
O–
C S
NH4+ O

? NH O–
? 3+

D   O S O
 
 
? 2 O–

(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

8 *P42989rA0828*
15 Butylamine (T C) has a higher boiling temperature than propylamine (T C).
b = 77.8 b = 47.7

This is because the

A hydrogen bonds of butylamine are stronger than the hydrogen bonds of
propylamine.
B London forces of butylamine are stronger than the hydrogen bonds of
propylamine.
C London forces of butylamine are stronger than the London forces of
propylamine.
D C–H bonds of butylamine are stronger than the C–H bonds of propylamine.
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Ninhydrin is used in thin-layer chromatography to help with the identification of

amino acids. This is because the ninhydrin
A reacts with amino acids to form a compound which has an intense colour.
B reacts with amino acids to form compounds each of which has a characteristic
colour.
C increases the separation of the amino acids on the chromatogram.
D ensures that the mobile phase maintains a nearly constant pH for all the amino
acids.

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

*P42989rA0928* 9
Turn over
17 The monomer of the addition polymer poly(propenamide) is CH 2=CHCONH2. The

repeat unit of the polymer is

? O

A  C C N 

? CHH 
? 2

? O
? HC 
B  2C 
? CHN 
? 2 
? H

? C2 
? H 
C  C 
? NC 
H

? 2 
? O 

? O
? CHC 
D  
? CHN 

? H

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

10 *P42989rA01028*
18 15 cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon requires 90 cm3 of oxygen for complete
combustion, both volumes being measured at 15C and 1 atm. The formula of the
hydrocarbon is

A C
4H6

B C
4H8

C C
4H10

D impossible to calculate without knowing the molar volume of gases under

these conditions.
(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

19 In an aqueous solution with a pH of 12, the amino acid alanine exists mainly as
HO

A CO
H2N CH
CH
3

B CO
H2N CH
CH
3

HO

C CO
+

H3 N CH
CH3

O
D CO
+

H3 N CH
CH
3

(Total for Question 19 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42989rA01128* 11
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 Which molecule does not exhibit E / Z isomerism?

Br CH3
A CC
H3C H

Br CH3
B C C
H CH3

H3C CH2Br
C C C
H H

Br CH3
D C C
H Br
3C

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 What is the systematic name for the compound with the following formula? C
2H5

H3C CH CH 2 CH CH3
CH3

A 2-methyl-4-ethylpentane
B 2-ethyl-4-methylpentane
C 2,4-dimethylhexane
D 3,5-dimethylhexane
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

2 *P44879A0224*
3 Which of the following molecules is formed on adding bromine water to ethene?
A ethanol
B ethane-1,2-diol
C bromoethane
D 2-bromoethanol
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)
4 A section of a polymer is shown below.

CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3

C C C C

C2H5 H C2H5H

What is the monomer for this polymer?

CH3 CH3

A H H C C

C H
2H5

CH3 CH3 CH3

B CC CC
C C
2H5 CH3 2H5

CH3 CH3
C CC
C H
2H5

CH3 H
D CC
CH C
3 2H5

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

*P44879A0324* 3
Turn over
5 Which of the following equations has the correct state symbols for the reaction of
dilute hydrochloric acid with magnesium oxide?

A MgO (s) + 2HCl (aq) → MgCl2(s) + H2O(l)

B MgO (s) + 2HCl (aq) → MgCl2(aq) + H2O(l)

C MgO (s) + 2HCl (l) → MgCl
2(s) + H2O(l)

D MgO (s) + 2HCl (l) → MgCl

2(aq) + H2O(l)

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 This question is about the reaction between sodium carbonate solution and dilute nitric
acid.

2CO3(aq) + 2HNO3(aq) → 2NaNO3(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

(a) What is the ionic equation for this reaction?

(1)
A Na 2CO3(aq) + 2H+(aq) → 2Na+(aq) + CO 2(g) + H2O(l)

B Na+(aq) + NO 3−(aq) → NaNO3(aq)

C CO 32 _ (aq) + 2H+(aq) → CO2(g) + H2O(l)
D CO 32 _(aq) + 2HNO 3(aq) → 2NO3−(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

(b) What is the volume of carbon dioxide produced from the complete reaction of 0.10
mol of nitric acid at room temperature and pressure?
[1 mol of any gas occupies 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.]
(1)
A 1.2 dm3
B 1.8 dm3
C 2.4 dm3
D 3.6 dm3

(c) What volume of sodium carbonate solution of concentration 0.500 mol dm–3, would
be needed to completely react with 25.0 cm3 of nitric acid of concentration 0.250 mol dm–3?
(1)
A 6.25 cm3
B 12.50 cm3
C 18.75 cm3
D 25.00 cm3
(Total for Question 6 = 3 marks)

4 *P44879A0424*
7 Lithium reacts with water to produce hydrogen.
Li(s) + H
2O(l) → LiOH(aq) + ½H2(g)

(a) In an experiment, 0.069 g (0.01 mol) of lithium produced 90 cm3 of hydrogen at

room temperature and pressure. What is the percentage yield of hydrogen?
[1 mol of any gas occupies 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.]
(1)
A 45%
B 60%
C 75%
D 90%

(b) Which of the following is not a possible reason for the yield being less than
100%?
(1)
A Some oil remained on the surface of the lithium.
B Hydrogen gas is very soluble in water.
C A layer of oxide was present on the surface of the lithium.
D Some of the hydrogen gas escaped collection.
(Total for Question 7 = 2 marks)
8 How many moles of atoms are present in 240 cm3 of carbon dioxide at
room temperature and pressure?
[1 mol of any gas occupies 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.]

A 0.010
B 0.020
C 0.024
D 0.030
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P44879A0524* 5
Turn over
9 What is the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3?

[Molar masses/g mol−1: N = 14.0; H = 1.0; O = 16.0]

A 14.0%
B 17.5%
C 28.0%
D 35.0%
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)
10 The first five successive ionization energies for an element J, in kJmol_1, are

1st2nd3rd4th5th

738145077331054313630 The formula of the compound of chlorine with element J is

A JCl
B JCl 2

C JCl 3

DJ 2Cl3

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following is the correct order of increasing melting temperature of
elements of Period 3?
A Na, Mg, Al, Si
B Na, Mg, Si, Al
C Si, Na, Mg, Al
D Si, Al, Mg, Na
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

6 *P44879A0624*
12 Which one of the following elements undergoes the change in electronic
configuration shown when it forms the stated ion?
Atom 1s22s22p63s23p3 Ion 1s22s22p63s23p6

A B to B3+
B Al to Al3+
C N to N3–
D P to P3–
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following compounds has the most polarized anion?

A Na
2O

B MgO
CK
2O

D CaO
(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

*P44879A0724* 7
Turn over
14 The diagram shows a Born-Haber cycle for calcium chloride. It is not drawn to scale.
All units are in kJ mol_1.

Ca2+(g) + 2Cl_(g)

Q = +1735 R = (−346 × 2) = −692

P = −2258 Ca(g)2Cl(g) +

+178 S = (+121 × 2) = +242

CaCl +
2(s) Ca(s)Cl

X=? 2(g)

(a) Which enthalpy change is correctly labelled on the diagram?

(1)
A Enthalpy change for the formation of calcium chloride ( P).
B First ionization energy of calcium ( Q).
C Electron affinity of chlorine ( R).
D Twice the enthalpy change of atomization of chlorine ( S).

(b) What is the value of X, in kJ mol_1?

(1)
A +795
B –795
C +3721
D –3721
(Total for Question 14 = 2 marks)

8 *P44879A0824*
15 Calculate the enthalpy change, in kJ mol_1, for the reaction
H 2(g) + ½O2(g) → H2O(g)

DATA:

Bond Bond enthalpy

/ kJ mol_1

H−H+436 O=O+498 H−O+464

A −243
B −6
C +6
D +221
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 The chemical properties of an element are determined by its

A electronic structure.
B number of neutrons.
C relative atomic mass.
D number of protons plus neutrons.

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P44879A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A
Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a cross .

1 The bond angle in beryllium chloride, BeCl2, is most likely to be

A 90°
B 104.5°
C 120°
D 180°
(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Graphite and buckminsterfullerene are forms of carbon. Buckminsterfullerene

dissolves in octane but graphite does not. This is because

A the bonds between carbon atoms in buckminsterfullerene are weaker than

those in graphite.
B buckminsterfullerene is molecular whereas graphite is a giant structure.
C graphite has delocalised electrons but buckminsterfullerene does not.
D graphite has covalent bonds and London forces but buckminsterfullerene has
just London forces.
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following molecules is polar?

A Carbon dioxide, CO
2

B Silicon tetrachloride, SiCl

4

C Ammonia, NH 3

D Boron trifluoride, BF 3

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

2 *P44881A0224*
4 In which series of compounds does covalent character increase when going from left to
right?
A KI, KBr, KCl
B NaI, KI, RbI
C NaCl, MgCl 2, AlCl3

D SO 2, P4O10, SiO2

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 Hydrogen bromide has a lower boiling temperature than hydrogen iodide. This is
because
A hydrogen bromide has a smaller permanent dipole than hydrogen iodide.
B hydrogen bromide has weaker London forces than hydrogen iodide.
C hydrogen iodide forms hydrogen bonds but hydrogen bromide does not.
D the HI bond is stronger than the HBr bond.
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P44881A0324* 3
Turn over
6 Consider the following compounds, E, F, G and H.

ClCH CH3
2

CH2 CH2 Cl C CH3

CH3 CH3
E F

lCH 2 CH3
CH2 CH2 l C CH3

G CH3 CH3
H
The boiling temperature of these compounds increases in the order

A HGFE
B GHEF
C EFGH
D FEHG
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 In which of the following reactions is sulfuric(IV) acid, H2SO3, acting as an oxidizing agent?

AH 2SO3 + H2O H3O+ + HSO3–

BH 2SO3 SO2 + H2O
CH 2SO3 + 2FeCl3 + H2O 2FeCl2 + H2SO4 + 2HCl
DH 2SO3 + 2H2S 3H2O + 3S
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

4 *P44881A0424*
8 Which of the following properties decreases on descending Group 2 of the
Periodic Table?
A Solubility of the sulfates.
B Solubility of the hydroxides.
C Reactivity of the elements.
D Ionic character of the oxides.
(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Compound X is an anhydrous, white solid which decomposes on heating to form a white

solid residue, a colourless gas, and a colourless vapour which condenses to a colourless liquid.
Compound X is
A sodium carbonate.
B sodium hydrogencarbonate.
C sodium nitrate.
D sodium sulfate.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

*P44881A0524* 5
Turn over
10 These questions concern the Maxwell-Boltzmann energy distribution shown below.

Fraction of
particles
with a
specific
energy

Energy Ea

(a) What is the best way to describe the activation energy, Ea, of a reaction?
(1)
A The average energy of the particles that react.
B The minimum energy required for a reaction to occur.
C The energy difference between the reactants and products.
D The energy produced by the particles that react.

(b) How does the curve above change when the temperature is increased?
(1)
A The peak increases in height and moves to the left.
B The peak increases in height and moves to the right.
C The peak decreases in height and moves to the left.
D The peak decreases in height and moves to the right.

6 *P44881A0624*
 (c) What would be the effect on the diagram if the reactant concentrations were
increased?
(1)
A There would be no change.
B The E
a line would move to the right.

C The E
a line would move to the left.

D The peak decreases in height and moves to the right.

(d) What would be the effect on the diagram if a catalyst was added?
The activation energy would
(1)
A be unchanged and the peak would move to the right.
B move to the left and the peak would move to the right.
C move to the left and the peak would move to the left.
D move to the left and the peak would be unchanged.
(Total for Question 10 = 4 marks)

11 Propanal, CH
3CH2CHO, and propanone, CH3COCH3, are carbonyl compounds. When

these compounds are compared using physical methods of analysis, which of the
following statements is not correct?
A The compounds produce different patterns in the fingerprint region of the IR
spectrum.
B The carbonyl groups absorb at frequencies in the same region of the IR
spectrum.
C The compounds produce different fragmentation patterns in a mass
spectrum.
D The compounds have molecular ion peaks at different mass to charge ratios in
a mass spectrum.
(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

*P44881A0724* 7
Turn over
12 A sample of propanone, CH 3COCH3, was heated under reflux with potassium dichromate(VI)
acidified with sulfuric acid, and then the mixture was distilled. Apart from the peaks
due to the CC and CH bonds, what peak(s) would be present in the IR spectrum of the
distillate?

A A peak due to the CO only.

B A peak due to the OH only.
C Peaks due to CO and OH.
D Peaks due to CO, CO and OH.
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 Which of the following describes the appearance of iodine under the stated
conditions?

Solid Dissolved in aqueous Dissolved in a liquid

potassium iodide hydrocarbon
A purplebrownpurple
B brownblue-blackyellow
C shiny greybrownpurple
D shiny greybrownbrown

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 Why do calculations of global warming exclude the effect of water vapour in the
atmosphere?

A Water vapour is not a greenhouse gas.

B Water vapour is a much less potent greenhouse gas than carbon dioxide.
C The average concentration of water vapour in the atmosphere is fairly constant.
D The concentration of water vapour in the atmosphere is much lower than that
of carbon dioxide.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

8 *P44881A0824*
15 A compound of nitrogen and hydrogen only is analyzed and found to contain 97.7%
by mass of nitrogen. What is the empirical formula of the compound?
Molar masses /g mol–1: H = 1; N = 14
A NH
3

B NH
2

CN 3H5

DN 3H

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 Chlorofluorocarbons, CFCs, damage the ozone layer. The mechanism of the process
involves
A homolytic fission.
B heterolytic fission.
C electrophilic addition.
D nucleophilic substitution.
(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 Electrophiles are
A electron pair donors that are attracted to regions of high electron density.
B electron pair donors that are attracted to regions of low electron density.
C electron pair acceptors that are attracted to regions of high electron density.
D electron pair acceptors that are attracted to regions of low electron density.
(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P44881A0924* 9
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on this
section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box . If you change your mind, put a line through
the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 Name the compound below.
CH H
3

CC
Cl 2CH3

A E-2-chloropent-2-ene
B Z-2-chloropent-3-ene
C E-2-chloropent-3-ene
D Z-2-chloropent-2-ene

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

2 *P42978A0228*
2 Which of the following compounds is not chiral?
O

NH2

C HO O

OH
HO
D

O OH

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P42978A0328* 3
Turn over
3 Calculate the pH of a solution of HCl, of concentration 0.25 mol dm–3.
A –0.60
B 0.25
C 0.60
D 1.39
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 Which gas is the least suitable as a carrier gas in Gas-Liquid Chromatography?

A Argon
B Carbon dioxide
C Oxygen
D Nitrogen
(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 What are the units of the equilibrium constant (Kc) for the hypothetical reaction below?
2A(aq) + B(aq) 4C(aq) + D(aq)
A mol2 dm–9
B mol–2 dm9
C mol2 dm–6
D mol–2 dm6

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

4 *P42978A0428*
6 This question is about the reversible reaction below.
2NO2(g) N2O4(g)
(a) A chemist investigating this reaction started with 10 moles of NO 2 and allowed
the system to reach equilibrium. If 3 moles of N 2O4 are formed, the number of
moles of NO2 at equilibrium is
(1)

A 8.5
B7
C6
D4

(b) Under different conditions, 40% of the moles present at equilibrium is N 2O4. If
the total pressure of the system is 2.0 atm, the numerical value of the equilibrium
constant, Kp is
(1)

A 0.56
B 0.67
C 1.5
D 1.8

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P42978A0528* 5
Turn over
7 Carbon monoxide and chlorine react together and reach equilibrium:
CO(g) + Cl 2(g) COCl2(g)
If the pressure of the system is then increased at constant temperature, which of the
following statements is correct?
A The equilibrium moves to the left and Kp decreases.
B The equilibrium moves to the right and Kp increases.
C The equilibrium moves to the right, then back to the left and Kp remains the same.
D The equilibrium moves to the right and Kp remains the same.
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 The table shows some data about metal ions, non-metal ions and their compounds.

Ion Enthalpy change Lattice energy

of hydration Compound / kJ mol–1
/ kJ mol–1
Mg2+(g)–1921
MgCl –2526
2(s)

Cl–(g)–340 Cs+(g)–276
CsF(s)–747 F–(g)–483

Use the data to calculate

(a) the standard enthalpy change, in kJ mol−1, for the following process.
Mg2+(g) + 2Cl−(g) Mg2+(aq) + 2Cl−(aq)
(1)
A –1241
B –1581
C –2261
D –2601

6 *P42978A0628*
 (b) the standard enthalpy change of solution, in kJ mol−1, of caesium fluoride, CsF.
(1)
A –12
B +12
C –1506
D +1506
(Total for Question 8 = 2 marks)
9 Which of these solvents is most likely to be warmed by microwave radiation?
A Hexane
B Cyclohexane
C Cyclohexanol
D Cyclohexene

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this

space will gain no credit.

*P42978A0728* 7
Turn over
10 Some chemical tests are described below.
A Warm with Fehling’s (or Benedict’s) solution
B Warm with acidified potassium dichromate(VI) solution
C Add sodium carbonate solution
D Add 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solution
(a) Which test always gives a positive result with carbonyl compounds?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) Which test would give a positive result with ethane-1,2-diol?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) Which test would result in effervescence with ethanoic acid?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 10 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space

will gain no credit.

8 *P42978A0828*
11 Consider the four compounds shown below.
A CH
3COOCH3

B CH 3COOH

C CH 3CONHCH2CH3

D CH 3COCl

Which of these compounds

(a) will react most vigorously with water?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(b) forms methanol when refluxed with aqueous sodium hydroxide?

(1)
A
B
C
D

(c) has at least one triplet in its high resolution proton nmr spectrum?
(1)
A
B
C
D

(Total for Question 11 = 3 marks) Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain

no credit.

*P42978A0928* 9
Turn over
12 The diagram below shows part of the mechanism for the nucleophilic addition of
hydrogen cyanide to butanone.
O

C CH3 Step 1
H3C C Intermediate X
H
2

Step 2 ¨
CN–

Organic Products (a) The formula of the intermediate X is

(1)
OCN

A C CH
H3C + C 3

H
2

O–

B C CH3
H3C C
CN H
2

C C CH3
H C
3C CN H
2

OH+

D C CH3
H3C C
CN– H
2
10 *P42978A01028*
(b) Consider the dissociation of the weak acid, HCN.
HCN(aq) H+(aq) + CN–(aq)
Which of the following reagents would shift the position of the equilibrium
towards formation of the nucleophile, CN–?
(1)
A KOH
B KCN
CH
2SO4

D CH
3COOH

(c) Which statement about the mixture of organic products formed is not correct?
(1)
A The mixture contains products with chiral molecules.
B The mixture rotates the plane of plane-polarized light.
C The mixture contains products with the nitrile functional group.
D The mixture contains products each of which has four carbon atoms in a
straight chain.

(Total for Question 12 = 3 marks)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P42978A01128* 11
Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes
on this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .

1 The mass of magnesium ions in 1kg of sea water is 1.3g.

The concentration in parts per million (ppm) is
A 1 . 3 × 106
B 1.3 × 103
C 1.3 × 10…3
D 1.3 × 10…6

(Total for Question 1 = 1

mark)

2 Calculate the total number of ions in 7.41 g of calcium hydroxide,

Ca(OH)2.
The molar mass of calcium hydroxide is 74.1 g mol …1 .
The Avogadro constant is 6.0 × 10 23 mol …1 .
A 6.0 × 1022
B 1.2 × 1023
C 1.8 × 1023
D 3.0 × 1023
(Total for Question 2 = 1
mark)
3 Which of the following has the highest melting temperature?
A Hg
B K

C C 10H 22

D SiO 2

(Total for Question 3 = 1

mark)
*P46656A0224*
4 Which of these has a dative covalent bond?
A NH 3

B OH …

C H 2O

D H 3O +

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5 What is the equation for the first electron affinity of sulfur?

A S(s) + e … oS … (g)
B S(g) + e … oS … (g)
C S(s) o S + (g) + e …
D S(g) o S + (g) + e …
(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 100 cm 33

of hydrogen is mixed with 25cm of oxygen at a temperature of 150 qC.

Thegases react as shown in the equation below.
2H 2(g) + O 2(g) o 2H 2O(g)

The total volume of gas present at the end of the reaction is

A 50cm 3

B 100cm 3
C 125cm 3
D 150cm 3
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46656A0324* Turn over

7 Sodium nitrate decomposes on heating.
2NaNO 3(s) o 2NaNO 2(s) + O 2(g)

What is the maximum volume of oxygen, measured in dm 3at room temperature and

pressure, which could be obtained by heating 0.50 mol of sodium nitrate?

[Molar volume of a gas = 24 dm 3mol …1 at room temperature and pressure]
A 3
B 6
C 12
D 24
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 An excess of copper(II) oxide is mixed with 40.0cm 3…3

of 2.50moldm hydrochloric acid.

CuO(s) + 2HCl(aq) o CuCl 2(aq) + H 2O(l)

(a) If the mass of copper(II) chloride produced is 5.50g, what is the percentage yield
of copper(II) chloride?
[Molar mass of copper(II) chloride = 134.4 g mol …1 ]
(1)
A 81.8%
B 67.2%
C 40.9%
D 20.4%

(b) The ionic equation for the reaction is

(1)
A Cu 2+ (s) + 2Cl … (aq) o CuCl 2(aq)

B CuO(s) + 2H + (aq) oCu 2+ (aq) + H 2O(l)

C CuO(s) + 2H + (aq) + 2Cl … (aq) oCu 2+ (Cl … ) 2(aq) +

H 2O(l)

D CuO(s) + 2Cl … (aq) oCuCl 2(aq) + O 2… (l)

*P46656A0424*
 (c) Some facts about copper(II) chloride are given below.
Which of these gives the best evidence that the bonding in copper(II) chloride is
ionic?
(1)
A It has a melting temperature of 620 qC.
B It does not conduct electricity as a solid.
C It decomposes before it reaches its boiling temperature.
D In the electron density map, there are no contour lines around more than one
nucleus.
(Total for Question 8 = 3 marks)

9 Th
e
mel
ting
tem
pera
ture
of
sodi
um
is
low
er
than
the
mel
ting
tem
pera
ture
of
magnesiu

m. The

best

explanatio

n for this

is

A sodium atoms are smaller than magnesium atoms.

B sodium ions have a larger charge density than magnesium ions.
C the repulsion between the ions in sodium is less than in magnesium.
D the number of delocalised electrons per atom is fewer in sodium than in
magnesium.
(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 A trend going down Group 1 is that the

 A f i r s t i o n i z a t i o n e n e rg y o f t h e e l e m e n t d e c r e a s e s .
B lattice energy of the chloride becomes more negative.
C radius of the atom decreases.
D melting temperature of the element increases.
(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

11 Which of the following ions has the biggest radius?

A S2…
B Cl …

C K +

D Ca 2+

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

*P46656A0524* Turn over

12 When 0.1 mol of aqueous potassium hydroxide was added to 0.1mol of nitric acid,
5200J were transferred to the surroundings. What is the enthalpy change, in kJmol …1 ,
for this reaction?

KOH(aq) + HNO 3(aq) o KNO 3(aq) + H 2O(l)

A …52
B …26
C +26
D +52
(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

13 A compound has the composition 62.1% C, 10.3% H and 27.6% O.

What is its empirical formula?
A CH 2O

B C 6H2O

C C 6H3O

D C 3H6O

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

14 What is the systematic name of the following?

A 3-methyl-2-propylpentane
B 3-methyl-4-propylpentane
C 3,4-dimethylheptane
D 4,5-dimethylheptane
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)

*P46656A0624*
15 Which of the following shows geometric isomerism?
A prop-1-ene
B but-1-ene
C 1,1-dichloroethene
D 1,2-dichloroethene
(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

16 This question is about the organic compounds with skeletal formulae as shown.

(a) Which compounds are isomers?

(1) A 1 and 2

B 1 and 3
C 1 and 4
D 2 and 3

(b) Which compound has the same molecular formula and empirical formula?
(1) A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
(Total for Question 16 = 2 marks)

*P46656A0724* Turn over

17 What is the formula of poly(but-1-ene)?

H H H H
A CCCC

H H H H n

H H
B CC

H CH 2CH 3 n

H H
C C C

CH 3 CH 3 n

H H H
D CC C

H CH 3 H n

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P46656A0824*
 SECTION A
Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 How many molecular ion peaks (parent ion peaks) are in the mass spectrum of
1,2-dibromoethane?
Assume the only isotopes present are 1 H, 12 79 81

C. Br and Br.
A 1

B 2 C

3 D 4

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 Four compounds that contribute to global warming are given below.

Sul

fur

hex

afl

uor
ide

Dichl

orodif

luoro

metha

ne C

Metha

ne D

Carbo

dioxid

e
(a) Which of these molecules is polar?
(1) A

Use this spac e for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46658A0224*
 (b) Which of these compounds is emitted in the largest quantity by anthropogenic
activity?
(1) A

(c) Which of these compounds depletes the ozone layer?

(1)
A

(d) Which of these molecules has an octahedral structure?

(1)
A

(Total for Question 2 = 4 marks)

3 Which of the following is a tertiary alcohol?

A 3-

methy

lbutan

-2-ol B

2-

methylbuta
n-2-ol C 2-

methylbuta

n-1-ol

D 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

*P46658A0324* Turn over

4 This question is about two isomeric alcohols and two isomeric carbonyl compounds.
Butan-1-ol, CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2OH

Butan-2-ol, CH 3CH 2CH(OH)CH 3

Butanal, CH 3CH 2CH 2CHO

Butanone, CH 3CH 2COCH 3

(a) Which of these compounds would not produce a colour change when heated
with acidified sodium dichromate(VI) solution?
(1) A B u t a n - 1 - o l B B u t a n - 2 - o l

Bu

tan

al D

B u t a n

o n e

(b) Which compound could give a peak at m/e = 31 in its mass spectrum?
(1)
A

But

an-

1-ol
B

B u t a n -

2 - o l

Bu

tan

al D

B u t a n

o n e

(c) Which compound could not give a peak at m/e = 43 in its mass spectrum?
(1)
A
 But

an-

1-ol

B u t a n -

2 - o l

Bu

tan

al D

B u t a n

o n e

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46658A0424*
(d) The infrared spectrum of one of these compounds is given below.

100

50

0
40003000200015001000 500
Wavenumber / cm …1

Use the infrared absorptions, in wavenumbers, to identify the compound.

Bond Wavenumber range / cm …1

O…H (alcohol) 3750 … 3200

C…H (alkane) 2962 … 2853

C…H (aldehyde)2900 … 2820 and 2775 … 2700

C=O (aldehyde or ketone) 1740 … 1680

The compound with this IR spectrum is

(1)
A butan-1-ol .
B butan-2-ol.

but

ana

l. D

butano

ne.

(Total for Question 4 = 4 marks)

*P46658A0524* Turn over
5 A Maxwell-Boltzmann curve shows the distribution of molecular energies in a
reaction system. When the temperature in this system is increased, the peak is
A higher and further to the right.

hig

her

and

fur

the

to

the

left

. C

l o w e r

a n d

f u r t h

e r t o

t h e

r i g h t .

l o w e r

a n d

f u r t h

e r t o

t h e

l e f t .

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

6 This question is about the equilibrium reaction between hydrogen and carbondioxide.

H 2(g) + CO 2(g) UH 2O(g) + CO(g) ûH 9 = +40 kJ mol …1

What effect would the following changes have on the rate of reaction and the yield of
carbon monoxide?
(a) Increase in temperature.
(1)
Rate Yield of CO
A increaseincrease
B increasedecrease
C increaseno change
D no changedecrease

(b) Increase in pressure.

(1)
Rate Yield of CO
A increaseincrease
B increasedecrease
C increaseno change
D no changeno change

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks)

*P46658A0624*
 7 W

hich
is
the
equ
atio
n
for
the
reac
tion
whe
n
stea
m
pass
es
ove
r
stro
ngl
y
heat
ed
magnesiu

m?

A Mg(s) + 2H 2O(l) oMg(OH) 2(aq) + H 2(g)

B Mg(s) + 2H 2O(g) o Mg(OH) 2(s) + H 2(g)

C Mg(s) + H 2O(l) o MgO(s) + H 2(g)

D Mg(s) + H 2O(g) o MgO(s) + H 2(g)
(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 What happens to the solubilities of the hydroxides and sulfates as Group 2 is

descended?

Solubility of hydroxidesSolubility of sulfates

A decreases decreases
B decreases increases
C increases decreases
D increases increases

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 W
hich
one
of
the
 foll
owi
ng
sub
stan
ces
for
ms
whe
na
few
dro
ps
of
concentrat

ed sulfuric

acid is

added to

sodium

chloride?

A H 2O

B Cl 2

C NaHSO 4

D SO 2

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .

*P46658A0724* Turn over

10 25.00cm 3 …3 3

of 1.00moldm sulfuric acid is fully neutralized by 50.00cmof

1.00moldm …3 sodium hydroxide.

(a) What is the concentration of sodium sulfate solution produced by the reaction,
inmoldm …3 ?
(1)

A 1.00

B 0.67

C 0.50

D 0.33

(b) The volumes are measured using burettes, with each burette reading having an
uncertainty of ±0.05cm 3 .
The percentage error in measuring the 25.00cm 3 of the acid is
(1)

±0.05

% B

±0.10%

±0.20%

±0.40%

(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

11 Pentan-1-ol is less soluble than ethanol in water. The best explanation for this is that
A pentan-1-ol molecules cannot form hydrogen bonds with water
molecules,
but ethanol molecules can.
B London forces are stronger between pentan-1-ol molecules than
between
ethanol molecules.

carb

on-

carb
on

bond

are

stro

nger

in

pent

an-

1-ol

than

in

etha

nol.

perma

nent

dipol

forces

are

stron

ger in

penta

n-1-ol

than

in

ethan

ol.

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .
*P46658A0824*
12 Along the series of the Group 5 hydrides (NH 3, PH3 and AsH3), the boiling temperatures

A decrease.

dec

rea

se

the

inc

rea

se.

increas

e. D

increas

e then

decrea

se.

(Total for

Question

12 = 1

mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20

MARKS
*P46658A0924* Turn over
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes
on this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with
a cross .
1 Consider the reaction
CH 3COOC 2H5 + CH 3OH U CH3COOCH 3 + C 2H5OH

This is an example of

acy

lati

on. B

hydrolysi

s. C

substituti

on. D

transester

ification.

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

2 When a vegetable oil such as palm oil is hydrolysed, the alcohol produced is
A propan-1-ol

propan

e-1,2-

diol C

propane-1,3-diol

D propane-1,2,3-triol
(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

3 Which of the following types of radiation can directly result in bond breaking?

Infr

are
d B

Microwa

ve

C Radio wave
D Ultraviolet
(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

*P46660RA0228*
4 The first steps of two different reaction mechanisms are shown.

First Second
Reaction Mechanism Reaction Mechanism

H H H H
C O /í C Br /í

H C /+ H H C /+ H

NC H C C H HO H C
HH
H H

(a) What do both reaction mechanism steps have in common?

(1)
A They involve addition.

They

involv

substit

ution.

C As one bond

is made, one

bond is broken.

D The attack is on a planar group.

(b) Only one of the first steps above

(1)
A leads to the f ormation of a racemic mixture.
B involves initial attack by a nucleophile.

invo

lves

initi

al

attac
 k by

an

elect

roph

ile. D

leads to an

elimination

(Total for Question 4 = 2 marks)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .

*P46660RA0328* Turn over

5 The following molecules are structural isomers with molecular formula C 5H10O.

W X Y Z
HH H H

H C H C O H C OH CH

CO H C H H C H CH
H C H H C H CH H C H

H C H H C H CH H C OH

H C H H C H H C H H C H

HH H H

(a) Which of the molecules would exhibit optical isomerism?

(1)
A

W B

X CYD

(b) Which of the molecules would exhibit geometric isomerism?

(1)
A

W B

X CYD

(c)
Whi
ch of
the
mole
cules
woul
d
prod
uce
iodo
form
whe
n
react
ing
 with
iodin
e in
alkaline

solution?

(1)
A

onl

yBW

and X C

W and Y

D W and

*P46660RA0428*
(d) Which of the molecules would be oxidized to a carboxylic acid using acidified
sodium dichromate(VI)?
(1)

AX

only

B Z only C

X and Y

D X, Y and Z

(e) Which of the molecules would form a crystalline product with

2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine?
(1)
A

onl

yBW

and X

C W, X and Z
D X only
(Total for Question 5 = 5 marks)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .
*P46660RA0528* Turn over
6 Ch
rom
atog
rap
hy
is
use
d to
sep
arat
e
the
com
pon
ents
of a
mix
ture
and
can
be
carr
ied
out in a

range of

different

ways.

(a) A suitable example of a carrier gas in gas chromatography is

(1)
A chlorine .
B nitrogen.
C steam.
D not possible to state, as there should be a vacuum.

(b) Separation is achieved in gas chromatography due to the components in the

mixture having different
(1)
A interac tions with the stationary phase.
B interactions with the mobile phase.

colo

urs.

solubility

in the
 moving

solvent.

(Total for Question 6 = 2 marks)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .

*P46660RA0628*
7

Polye

sters

are

conde

nsatio

poly

mers.

(a) PET,

polyethylene

terephthalate,

can be

produced

from the

condensation

of

ethane-1,2-diol and benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid.

Which of the following is the repeat unit of this polymer?
(1)

O O O
C C OCH 2 CH 2 O O C OCH 2 CH 2 O

A B

O O O
C O OCH 2 CH 2 O O OCCH 2 CH 2 C

C D

(b) The repeat unit of the biodegradable polymer PHB, is shown below.

CH 3 O
 OCH CH 2 C

This is made from a single monomer which could be

(1) A 2-hydroxybutanoic acid.
B 3-hydroxybutanoic acid.
C 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoic acid.
D 3-hydroxy-3-methylpropanoic acid.
(Total for Question 7 = 2 marks)

*P46660RA0728* Turn over

8 The reaction of ammonia with propanoyl chloride, C 2H5COCl, forms

AC 2H5NH 2

BC 2H5CONH 2

CC 2H5CH(OH)NH 2

DC 2H5CONHC 2H5

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

9 Th
e
dih
ydr
oge
nph
osp
hate
-
hyd
rog
enp
hos
pha
te
ion
syst
em
is
an
imp
orta
nt
buff
er
in the
human

body.

H 2PO4Š + H 2O U HPO 42Š + H 3O +

(a) In this system, there are two acid-base conjugate pairs. These are
(1) acid with its conjugate base base with its conjugate acid
A H 2PO4Š / HPO 42Š H 2O / H 3O +

B H 2O / H 3O + HPO 42Š / H 2PO4Š

C H 3O + /H 2O H 2PO4Š / HPO 42Š

D H 2PO4Š / HPO 42Š H 3O + /H 2O

(b) A formula that can be used for the calculation of the pH of this buffer solution is

HPO 2Š
pH = pK a + log 4
 HPO Š
24

Calculate the pH of this buffer using

pK a = 7.20 [HPO 42…] = 3.98 × 10 …8 mol dm …3 [H 2PO4…] = 3.89 × 10 …7 mol
dm …3

(1)
A 6.19 B

6.21 C 7.20 D 8.19

(Total for Question 9 = 2 marks)

*P46660RA0828*
10 The Ostwald Process is a method for making nitric acid. The equation for the first stage
of this process is
4NH 3(g) + 5O 2(g) U 4NO(g) + 6H 2O(g) ûH = …905 kJ mol Š1

(a) The equilibrium yield of nitrogen monoxide, NO, is increased by

(1)
A increasing both the pressure and the temperature.
B decreasing both the pressure and the temperature.
C decreasing the pressure and increasing the temperature.
D increasing the pressure and decreasing the temperature.

(b) For this stage of the process, the catalyst is an alloy of platinum and rhodium.
A pressure of between 4 and 10 atm and a temperature of 1150 K are used.
Unreacted reactants are recycled.
Which one of the following changes will affect the value of the equilibrium
constant, K p?

(1)
A Changing the composition of the platinum-rhodium catalyst.
B Increasing the pressure above 10 atm.
C Decreasing the temperature below 1150 K.
D Not recycling unreacted reactants.
(Total for Question 10 = 2 marks)

Use this space for rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit .

*P46660RA0928* Turn over

 11
Iodi
ne
is
solu
ble
in
both
wat
er
and
hex
ane.
If
iodi
ne
is
add
ed
to a
mixt
ure
of
the
two
solvents,

then the

following

equilibriu

m is set

up.

I2 (aq) U I 2 (hexane)
The equilibrium constant, known as the partition coefficient, is 85.
The density of hexane is 0.66 g cm Š3 . The density of water is 1.00 g cm Š3 .
Which of the following diagrams is correct for this system at equilibrium?

Hexane with high iodine concentration Hexane with low iodine

concentration

Water with Water with

low iodine high iodine
concentration concentration

AB
 Water with high iodine concentration Water with low iodine
concentration

Hexane with Hexane with

low iodine high iodine
concentration concentration

CD

(Total for Question 11 = 1 mark)

TOTAL FOR SECTION A = 20 MARKS

*P46660RA01028*
 SECTION A

Answer ALL the questions in this section. You should aim to spend no more than 20 minutes on
this section. For each question, select one answer from A to D and put a cross in the box .
If you change your mind, put a line through the box and then mark your new answer with a
cross .

1 Which of the following gives the oxidation states of manganese in the ions shown?

MnO 42Š MnO 3…

A +7 +6

B +6 +5

C +7 +5

D +6 +6

(Total for Question 1 = 1 mark)

Whi
ch
of
the
foll
owi
ng
give
s the
elec
trod
es
and
elec
trol
yte
that
are
used
in
an
alkaline

hydrogen

fuel cell?

Electrodes Electrolyte
A graphite potassium hydroxide solution

B graphite water with a little salt

C platinum potassium hydroxide solution

D platinum water with a little salt

(Total for Question 2 = 1 mark)

*P46661A0232*
3 Which of the following cannot be used to detect alcohol in a breathalyser test?
A Fractional distillation

Fue

cell

C Infrared

spectrosc

opy D

Reduction

of

dichromat

e(VI) ions

(Total for Question 3 = 1 mark)

4 A titration using potassium manganate(VII) in dilute sulfuric acid can be used to

determine the percentage of
A aspirin in aspirin tablets.

B
chlo

rine

in

blea

ch. C

copper in

an alloy.

D iron(II)

sulfate in

iron

tablets.

(Total for Question 4 = 1 mark)

5

Whi
ch
of
the
follo
win
g
give
s the
elect
roni
c
con
gura
tion
s for
a
chro
miu
m
ato
m
and a
chromium(

II) ion?

Cr Cr 2+

A [Ar]3d 4 4

4s2 [Ar]3d

B [Ar]3d 5 4

4s1 [Ar]3d

C [Ar]3d 4 2

4s2 [Ar]3d 4s2

D [Ar]3d 5 3

4s1 [Ar]3d 4s1

(Total for Question 5 = 1 mark)

*P46661A0332* Turn over
6

Aque
ous
sodiu
m
hydr
oxide
and
aque
ous
amm
onia
are
adde
d to
separ
ate
soluti
ons of
the same

metal ion.

The

observations

are shown in

the table

below.

Reagent added A few drops Excess

NaOH(aq) green precipitategreen precipitate remains

NH 3(aq) green precipitate green precipitate dissolves to form a blue solution

The metal ion is

A Cr 3+ (aq).
B Fe 2+ (aq).
C Fe 3+ (aq).
D Ni 2+ (aq).
(Total for Question 6 = 1 mark)

7 The reaction between cerium(IV) ions and thallium(I) ions is very slow.

2Ce 4+ (aq) + T l + (aq) o 2Ce 3+ (aq) + Tl

3+ (aq)

Which of these ions could catalyse this reaction?

AA l3+
 B Fe 3+

C Na +

D Zn 2+

(Total for Question 7 = 1 mark)

8 Which of these hydroxides is amphoteric?

A Cu(OH) 2

B Mg(OH) 2

C Ni(OH) 2

D Zn(OH) 2

(Total for Question 8 = 1 mark)

*P46661A0432*
9 During a titration between acidied manganate(VII) ions and sulfate(IV) ions, the
manganate(VII) ions are reduced to manganese(II) ions and the sulfate(IV) ions are

)
i

he

ol

ra

ti

of

an

ga

na

te

II

io

ns
 to

su

lf

at

e(

io

ns

in

th

is

re

ac

ti

is

A 5:2

7:4 C

2:5 D 4:7

(Total for Question 9 = 1 mark)

10 The total number of compounds with the structural formula C 6H3CH 3(NO 2)2, which

contain a benzene ring, is

 A four.

ve. C

six. D

seven.

(Total for Question 10 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46661A0532* Turn over

11 This question is about the ester shown below.
CH 3 O
CH 3 CH O CCH 2 CH 3

(a) The number of peaks seen in the low resolution proton nmr spectrum of this
ester is
(1)
A two .
B three.

four

. D ve.

(b) The peak in the high resolution proton nmr spectrum corresponding to the
proton in bold on the structure above will

(1) A not be split.

B be split into three peaks.

be

split

into

four

pea

ks. D

be split

into seven

peaks.

(Total for Question 11 = 2 marks)

Use this spac e for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.
*P46661A0632*
12 Safranal is one of the substances that contributes to the aroma of saron.

Separate samples of safranal were tested with bromine water,

2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine and Fehlings solution.

What are the nal observations when safranal is tested with each of those reagents?

Bromine water 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazineFehlings solution

Aorange solutionorange solution red precipitate

B colourless solution orange precipitate red precipitate

Corange solutionorange solution blue solution

D colourless solution orange precipitate blue solution

(Total for Question 12 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46661A0732* Turn over

 13
The
stru
ctur
e of
the
org
anic
pro
duc
t of
the
reac
tion
bet
wee
n
phe
nol
and
exc
ess
bromine

water is

Br
A

OH

H
 C

Br Br

OH
Br Br
D

Br

(Total for Question 13 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46661A0832*
14 If it is assumed that the structure of benzene has three localised double bonds
(structure X), the calculated standard enthalpy change of hydrogenation
is Š360 kJ mol …1 .

+ 3H 2

structure X

The actual standard enthalpy change of hydrogenation of benzene is Š208 kJ mol …1 .

From these data, it can be deduced that the

A actual benzene structure is kinetically more stable than structure X as it
requires a high activation energy to react.
B
actu
al
ben
zene
stru
ctur
e is
ther
mod
yna
mic
ally
mor
e
stab
le
than
stru
ctur
eX
as it has a

lower

enthalpy

content.

C structure X is kinetically unstable as it undergoes addition reactions at room

temperature.
D structure X is thermodynamically more stable than the actual benzene
structure as the standard enthalpy change of hydrogenation is more
exothermic.
(Total for Question 14 = 1 mark)
Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.
*P46661A0932* Turn over
15 The repeat unit for poly(propenamide) is

HH OH
A NCCC
H H

HH OH
B NCCC

HH

C CC
H CO
NH 2

H
D CC
CO

NH 2

(Total for Question 15 = 1 mark)

Use this space for any rough working. Anything you write in this space will gain no credit.

*P46661A01032*
16 The structures of three amino acids are shown in the table.

Amino acid Structure

cysteine HSCH 2CH(NH 2)COOH

glycine H 2NCH 2COOH

threonine CH 3CH(OH)CH(NH 2)COOH

The tripeptide glycine-cysteine-threonine is

A H 2NCH 2CONHCH(CH(OH)CH 3)CONHCH(CH 2SH)COOH

BH 2NCH 2CONHCH(CH 2SH)CONHCH(CH(OH)CH 3)COOH

CH 2NCH(CH(OH)CH 3)CONHCH(CH 3SH)CONHCH 2COOH

DH 2NCH(CH 2SH)CONHCH 2 CONHCH(CH(OH)CH 3)COOH

(Total for Question 16 = 1 mark)

17 The amino acid alanine, H 2NCH(CH 3)COOH, exists as a solid at room temperature.

The most important reason for this is that it

A exists as a zwitterion.

for

ms
hyd

rog

en

bon

ds. C

is

amphoteri

c. D has

strong

London

forces.

(Total for Question 17 = 1 mark)

18 Complete combustion of a hydrocarbon produced 0.66 g of carbon dioxide and

0.225 g of water.

Which of the following molecular formulae is consistent with these data?

AC 3H6.

BC 3H8.

CC 6H6.

DC 6H10.

(Total for Question 18 = 1 mark)

*P46661A01132* Turn over

19 Phenol can be produced from benzene as shown in the reaction sequence below.

SO 3H OH
Step 1 Step 2
yield 80% yield 90%
benzene phenol
M r = 78 M r = 94

The mass of phenol, to 2 decimal places, produced from 3.90 g of benzene is

A 3.38 g.

B 3.76

g. C 4.23 g. D

4.70 g.

(Total for

Question

19 = 1

mark) TOTAL

FOR SECTION A = 20

MARKS
*P46661A01232*